Agenda packet — Seaside City Council, August 15, 2024 (part 1 of 2)

A G E N D A

CITY OF SEASIDE REGULAR MEETING
CITY COUNCIL/SUCCESSOR 440 HARCOURT AVE (COUNCIL CHAMBER) AGENCY TO THE Thursday, August 15, 2024
REDEVELOPMENT AGENCY 5:00 PM
__________________________________________________________________________________ NOTICE: The City Council will hold its public meetings in person, with a virtual option for public participation based on availability. The City of Seaside utilizes Zoom tele-conferencing technology for virtual public participation; however, we make no representation or warranty of any kind, regarding the adequacy, reliability, or availability of the use of this platform in this manner. Participation by members of public through this means is at their own risk. ___________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________

1. To view this meeting: Please click on the following link to the City of Seaside YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/CityofSeasideCalifornia

2. To view or participate this meeting: Using the Zoom application on your smart phone, laptop, tablet or desktop and click on this link: https://ci-seaside-ca-us.zoom.us/j/81936832059 WEBINAR ID: 819 3683 2059

3. To listen or participate by phone: Please call (669) 900-9128 Enter the WEBINAR ID: 819 3683 2059 when prompted. There is no participate code – press the pound sign # after the recording prompts you.

4. To make public comment, the following options are available:

Before the Meeting via Email: Written comments can be emailed to [email protected] Include the following subject line: “Public Comment Item #___” (insert the agenda item number relevant to your comment). Written comments must be received by 2:00 p.m. on the day of the meeting.

During the Meeting: When the Chair calls for public comment, members of the public participating in person and wishing to address the City Council may approach the podium when the Chair calls for public comment.

When the Chair calls for public comment, members of the public participating on Zoom and wishing to address the City Council can queue to speak with the “Raise Hand” feature. On the Zoom application, click the “Raise Hand” button. On the phone, press *9 to “Raise Hand”; press *6 to unmute.

5.In accordance with the City’s Remote Meeting Participation Policy for Public Comment: The City of Seaside reserves the right to refuse, limit, and/or revoke use of video conferencing technology and the option for virtual public participation. Granting use of the virtual participation in no way constitutes an endorsement of any person or group to display hateful conduct, including sending or posting hateful images, making violent threats, or targeting others with hateful or abusive speech. The City may remove any participate that violates its agreement or applicable policy with proper notice as outlined in the conditions of use/meeting access.

Packet Page 1
City Council REGULAR Meeting August 15, 2024 5:00 PM Agenda Page 2

1. CALL TO ORDER

2. ROLL CALL – ESTABLISHMENT OF QUORUM
Ian N. Oglesby
David R. Pacheco
Alexis Garcia-Arrazola
Rita Burks
Alex Miller
Mayor/Chair
Mayor Pro Tem/Vice Chair
Council/Agency Member
Council/Agency Member
Council/Agency Member

3. INVOCATION AND PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE

4. REVIEW OF AGENDA
If there are any items that arose after the 72-hour posting deadline, this is the point in the meeting where a vote may be taken to add the item to the agenda. (A 2/3-majority vote is required).

5. PUBLIC COMMENT
Members of the public wishing to address the City Council on matters within the jurisdiction of the City of Seaside, but not on this agenda, may do so during the Public Comment period for up to three (3) minutes. Public Comments for "Presentations" on this agenda are also taken at this time; comments on specific agenda items are heard under that item. For the public record, please state your name.

6. PUBLIC AGENCY COMMUNICATIONS
This is a time specifically set aside for representatives of public agencies to make brief comments of general interest to the City Council and the community.

A. SEASIDE CITY NEWS BROADCAST OF UPCOMING CITYWIDE EVENTS AND

COMMUNITY ANNOUNCEMENTS

7. PRESENTATIONS
A. PROJECT OVERVIEW AND CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE FOR THE GRAND HYATT

SEASIDE RESORT HOTEL ON THE SEASIDE RESORT PROJECT AREA (ADOLFO

GONZALEZ, PROJECT MANAGER)
B. LEGISLATIVE UPDATE (JOHN ARRIAGA, JEA AND ASSOCIATES) C. 4TH OF JULY AFTER ACTION REPORT (POLICE CHIEF NICK BORGES AND

FIRE CHIEF MARY GUTIERREZ)

8. CONSENT AGENDA
Packet Page 2
City Council REGULAR Meeting August 15, 2024 5:00 PM Agenda Page 3 A. APPROVE MINUTES FROM AUGUST 1, 2024
RECOMMENDATION: Approve minutes as presented in the agenda packet.

B. APPROVE MAYOR'S YOUTH FUND CONTRIBUTION REQUEST FROM

MONTEREY CONDORS CLUB
RECOMMENDATION: Approve a request from the Monterey Condors Club for a donation of $3,000.00 from the Mayor's Youth Fund for the costs associated with running their youth soccer program.

C. APPROVE MAYOR'S YOUTH FUND CONTRIBUTION REQUEST FROM THE VILLAGE PROJECT/THE MAE C. JOHNSON EDUCATION & CULTURAL

ENRICHMENT ACADEMY
RECOMMENDATION: Approve a request from the Village Project for a donation of $3,000.00 from the Mayor's Youth Fund for the costs associated with their Mae C. Johnson Education & Cultural Enrichment Academy comprehensive tutoring program.

D. APPROVE A FEE WAIVER REQUEST FROM SEASIDE HIGH SCHOOL FOR

COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE ANNUAL HOMECOMING PARADE ON
OCTOBER 25, 2024
RECOMMENDATION: Approve a request from Seaside High School to waive fees for Public Works and Police services in the amount of $1,010.00 for costs associated with the 2024 Homecoming Parade scheduled for October 25, 2024.

E. APPROVE A FEE WAIVER REQUEST FROM PALENKE ARTS ORGANIZATION TO USE LAGUNA GRANDE HALL AND KITCHEN TO HOLD THEIR "DAY OF THE DEAD" (DIA DE LOS MUERTOS) EVENT ON NOVEMBER 2, 2024 RECOMMENDATION: Approve the fee waiver request from Palenke Arts for the use of Laguna Grande Hall and kitchen to hold their event "Dia de los Muertos Celebration (Day of the Dead)," in the amount of $506.25, the Organization to provide the City with the non-refundable portion of the deposit of $98.25, and provide the City with their insurance.

F. APPROVE A PROCLAMATION RECOGNIZING SEPTEMBER AS NATIONAL

RECOVERY MONTH
RECOMMENDATION: Approve a proclamation recognizing September as National Recovery Month in the City of Seaside.

G. REVIEW AND TAKE ACTION ON TRAFFIC ADVISORY COMMITTEE

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR RED CURB REQUESTS ON SONOMA AVENUE,

VALLEJO STREET, AND FREMONT BOULEVARD
RECOMMENDATION: The Traffic Advisory Committee (TAC) recommends approving: 1) installation of 3 feet of red curb on both sides of the driveway approach for 926 Sonoma Avenue; 2) installation of 3 feet of red curb on both Packet Page 3
City Council REGULAR Meeting August 15, 2024 5:00 PM Agenda Page 4 sides of the driveway approach for 1677 Vallejo Street; and, 3) installation of 5 feet of red curb on both sides of the Francis Avenue driveway approach for 1141 Fremont Boulevard, while denying red curb for the Fremont Boulevard driveway approach serving the same property.

H. ADOPT A RESOLUTION APPROVING THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE STORM DRAIN GRATE UPGRADE PROJECT - PHASE 2,
APPROPRIATING $66,790.08 FROM THE GENERAL FUND TO THE

PROJECT, AND AWARDING A CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT TO

MONTEREY PENINSULA ENGINEERING FOR AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED $521,900.00 AND TOTAL PROJECT CONSTRUCTION COST INCLUDING CONTINGENCY OF $600,185.00
RECOMMENDATION: Adopt a resolution approving the plans and specifications for the Storm Drain Grate Upgrade Project - Phase 2; appropriating $66,790.08 from the General Fund to the Project, and awarding a construction agreement to Monterey Peninsula Engineering for an amount not to exceed $521,900.00; establishing a 15% construction contingency for a total project construction amount not to exceed $600,185.00; and authorizing the City Manager to execute the construction agreement and approve any amendments, extensions, and change orders until completion of the project in accordance with the plans and specifications up to the total project construction amount.

I. ADOPT A RESOLUTION APPROVING AN AMENDMENT TO THE
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH PARAMETRIX INC. FOR

ADDITIONAL DESIGN SERVICES FOR SAN PABLO AVENUE TRAFFIC CALMING PROJECT FOR AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED $15,500.00
RECOMMENDATION: Adopt a resolution authorizing the City Manager to execute an amendment to the professional services agreement with Parmetrix Inc. for additional design services for the San Pablo Avene Traffic Calming Project for an amount not to exceed $15,500.00.

J. ADOPT A RESOLUTION APPROVING THE PURCHASE OF A REPLACEMENT

PIERCE FIRE ENGINE FOR THE FIRE DEPARTMENT IN THE AMOUNT OF $1,032,072.23 FROM GOLDEN STATE FIRE APPARATUS AND AUTHORIZE

STAFF TO PROCEED WITH A LEASE-PURCHASE FINANCING
RECOMMENDATION: Approve purchase of a replacement fire engine for the fire department through Golden State Fire Apparatus for the amount of $1,032,072.23 and authorize staff to proceed with the lease-purchase of the Pierce fire engine.

K. ADOPT A RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO SIGN A CONTRACT WITH 4LEAF, INC. IN AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED
$50,000.00 TO PROVIDE BUILDING AND SAFETY SERVICES TO THE

BUILDING AND CODE ENFORCEMENT DEPARTMENT
RECOMMENDATION: Adopt a resolution authorizing a contract with 4Leaf, Inc. in the amount not to exceed $50,000.00 to provide building and safety services to the Building and Code Enforcement Department.

L. APPROVE A RESOLUTION APPROVING A CONTRACT FOR $19,995.00 Packet Page 4
City Council REGULAR Meeting August 15, 2024 5:00 PM Agenda Page 5

WITH SKY ELEMENTS AND AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO SIGN

THE CONTRACT
RECOMMENDATION: Authorize the City Manager to sign the contract with Sky Elements for the Drone Show on October 13th 2024 not to exceed $19,995.00.

M. ADOPT A RESOLUTION APPROVING AN AMENDMENT TO THE

PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH WALLACE GROUP FOR

ADDITIONAL CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT SERVICES FOR THE
CUTINO PARK IMPROVEMENT PART 2 PHASE 1 PROJECT FOR AN
AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED $8,877.75
RECOMMENDATION: Adopt a resolution authorizing the City Manager to execute an amendment to the professional services agreement with Wallace Group for additional construction management services for the Cutino Park Improvement Part 2 Phase 1 Project for an amount not to exceed $8,877.75.

9. PUBLIC HEARING
A. FIRE STATION 2 PROJECT DESIGN UPDATE AND ADOPT A RESOLUTION

CERTIFYING THE INITIAL STUDY-MITIGATED NEGATIVE DECLARATION (IS-MND), APPROVING THE FIRE STATION NUMBER 2 PROJECT AND

ADOPTING THE MITIGATION MONITORING AND REPORTING PROGRAM (MMRP) FOR THE FIRE STATION NO. 2 PROJECT AND AUTHORIZE FILING

OF A NOTICE OF DETERMINATION
RECOMMENDATION: Open a public hearing to accept public comment on the Initial Study-Mitigated Negative Declaration (IS-MND) prepared for the Fire Station No. 2 Project; certify the IS-MND, approve the Responses to Comments on the Draft IS-MND, approve the Project, adopt the Mitigation, Monitoring and Reporting Program under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA); and authorize filing of a Notice of Determination with the Monterey County Clerk and the State Clearinghouse.

10. BUSINESS ITEMS
A. APPROVE THE SEASIDE STARS AD-HOC COMMITTEE

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE FIVE RECIPIENTS AND, AUTHORIZE THE

CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE THE CONTRACTS WITH FMG CUSTOM

CONCRETE
RECOMMENDATION: Review and approve the Seaside Stars Ad-Hoc Committee recommendations for the 2024 recipients of the stars, and staff recommendations for design, installation, and authorize the City Manager to execute the contracts with FMG Custom Concrete.

B. RECEIVE UPDATE ON THE CITY OF SEASIDE CAR WEEK EVENTS RECOMMENDATION: Receive report and provide further direction to staff as necessary.

Packet Page 5
City Council REGULAR Meeting August 15, 2024 5:00 PM Agenda Page 6

11. COUNCIL MEMBER REQUESTS
A. NEW COUNCIL MEMBER REQUESTS
B. FOLLOW UP ON PREVIOUS REQUESTS

12. CITY ATTORNEY, CITY MANAGER, CITY COUNCIL AND MAYOR

COMMENTS AND REPORTS ON COMMITTEE ASSIGNMENTS
This is a time specifically set aside for members of the City Council, the City Manager and City Attorney to make brief comments of general interest to the community and report on committee assignments.

13. CLOSED SESSION
Pursuant to Government Code Section 54956 et seq., the City Council and Successor Agency to Redevelopment Agency may adjourn to a Closed Session to consider specific matters dealing with litigation, certain personnel matters, property negotiations or to confer with the City Attorney. Public comments on these items are taken after being read by the City Attorney. For the public record, please state your name.

A. CONFERENCE WITH REAL PROPERTY NEGOTIATORS PURSUANT TO GOVERNMENT CODE 54956.8
Property: 705 Broadway Avenue, Seaside, CA 93955
Agency Negotiators: City Manager, et. al.

Negotiating Parties: Coldwell Banker
Under Negotiation: Price, terms of payment or both
B. CONFERENCE WITH REAL PROPERTY NEGOTIATORS PURSUANT TO GOVERNMENT CODE 54956.8
Property: The Property Commonly Referred to As Campus Town (Property bounded by Highway 1/1st Avenue, 7th Avenue, Lightfighter/Colonel Durham Street, and Gigling)
Agency Negotiators: City Manager, et. al
Negotiating Parties: KBB Seaside Venture, et. al. and City of Seaside Under Negotiation: Price, terms of payment or both
C. CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL PURSUANT TO GOVERNMENT CODE 54956.9 (D)(2)
Two Matters of Potential Litigation

14. ADJOURNMENT
Next Regularly Scheduled Meeting:

September 5, 2024
5:00 p.m.

The City of Seaside is committed to providing accessible facilities and accommodating people with Packet Page 6
City Council REGULAR Meeting August 15, 2024 5:00 PM Agenda Page 7 disabilities in all of its services programs and activities. If special considerations are needed by any person to fully participate in this meeting, contact the City Clerk at 899-6707 no fewer than two business days prior to the meeting to allow reasonable arrangements. Agendas are posted at:
http://www.ci.seaside.ca.us/129/City-Council-Committee-Agendas Agenda-related writings or documents provided during public meetings are available for public inspection during the meeting or from the office of the City Clerk. This agenda is posted in compliance with California Governor Newsom's Executive Orders N-29-20 and N-33-20.

Packet Page 7

CITY OF SEASIDE

STAFF REPORT
Item No.: 7.C.

TO: City Council
FROM: Craig Malin, Interim City Manager
BY: Matthew Doza, Sergeant
Justin Pascone, Commander
Nick Borges, Police Chief
Mary Gutierrez, Fire Chief
DATE: August 15, 2024
SUBJECT: 4TH OF JULY AFTER ACTION REPORT (POLICE CHIEF NICK

BORGES AND FIRE CHIEF MARY GUTIERREZ)

RECOMMENDATION
Receive a detailed After Action Report of the fireworks enforcement operations for the July 4, 2024 holiday period. The period covers June 28 – July 5, 2024.

BACKGROUND
The Seaside Police and Fire Department formulated an operations plan for illegal fireworks' suppression. Both departments worked closely with the Public Works Department. The operations plan included an enforcement plan, drone operations plan, updated education regarding the city ordinance change. (Seaside Municipal Code Chapter 8.32 Fireworks; Added Section 8.32.11 – Curfew for Use of Safe and Sane Fireworks – Per Ordinance No. 1014: (“The use of Safe and Sane fireworks is permitted during that period, beginning at 12:00 p.m. on June 28 and ending at 10:00 p.m. July 5 of the same year.”) In addition, Police and Fire conducted a comprehensive public outreach campaign, in both English and Spanish.

The following report serves as an After Action Report regarding 2024 fireworks activity, staffing costs, enforcement actions and citations issued for illegal fireworks. Included in this report is a summary of surcharge funds collected and expenditures made by each department. The report also captures personnel overtime costs and volunteer hours.

FIRE DEPARTMENT
Packet Page 8

Item No. 7.C. Page 2 of 6
Safe and Sane fireworks went on sale on June 28tth and concluded July 5th; all six (7) fireworks booths were inspected by the fire department prior to opening for sales and periodically checked for compliance throughout the week. All seven (7) permitted booths remained in compliance and no violations were observed. 2024 List of Permitted Fireworks Booths:

1. Monterey Condors Club

2. Seaside Aquatic Club, Inc.

3. Monterey Bay Christian Center

4. World Outreach Service Inc.

5. Iglesia Vida, Camino, Verdad of the Assemblies of God

6. The Village Project

7. Recognizing Military Service Center (RMSC)
On the Fourth of July, the fire department staffed one additional engine company for 24 hours.

The Seaside Fire and Police worked with Salinas Fire to utilize their Command Van as an incident command post for drone deployment operations on the evening of July 4.

See the Police narrative regarding the use of Drone Team volunteers.

The Seaside Police and Fire Department formulated an operations plan for illegal fireworks' suppression. Both departments worked closely with the Public Works Department. The operations plan included an enforcement plan, drone operations plan, updated education regarding the city ordinance change. ('Seaside Municipal Code Chapter 8.32 Fireworks; Added Section 8.32.11 – Curfew for Use of Safe and Sane Fireworks – Per Ordinance No. 1014: “The use of Safe and Sane fireworks is permitted during that period, beginning at 12:00 p.m. on June 28 and ending at 10:00 p.m. July 5 of the same year.") In addition, Police and Fire conducted a comprehensive public outreach campaign, in both English and Spanish. The following report serves as an After Action Report regarding 2024 fireworks activity, staffing costs, enforcement actions and citations issued for illegal fireworks. Included in this report is a summary of surcharge funds collected and expenditures made by each department. The report also captures personnel overtime costs and volunteer hours.

FIRE DEPARTMENT
Safe and Sane fireworks went on sale on June 28th and concluded July 5th; all six (7) fireworks booths were inspected by the fire department prior to opening for sales and periodically checked for compliance throughout the week. All seven (7) permitted booths remained in compliance and no violations were observed. 2024 List of Permitted Fireworks Booths:

1. Monterey Condors Club

2. Seaside Aquatic Club, Inc.

Packet Page 9

Item No. 7.C. Page 3 of 6

3. Monterey Bay Christian Center

4. World Outreach Service Inc.

5. Iglesia Vida, Camino, Verdad of the Assemblies of God

6. The Village Project

7. Recognizing Military Service Center (RMSC)
On the Fourth of July, the fire department staffed one additional engine company for 24 hours.

The Seaside Fire and Police worked with Salinas Fire to utilize their Command Van as an incident command post for drone deployment operations on the evening of July 4.

See the Police narrative regarding the use of Drone Team volunteers.

The Fire Department responded to six (6) emergency calls related to fireworks June 28- July 5. The Fire Department responded to eighty-one (81) calls for service during that period.

June 28 – July 5 Total Calls for Service Fires caused by Fireworks
Medical calls caused by
Fireworks
2021 62 4 0
2022 97 4 0
2023 76 11 1
2024 81 6 0
Fireworks related calls include:

Including fireworks related calls before June 28 and after July 5. **Two additional illegal fireworks related calls were added to this report outside the reporting period. (6/18 and 7/7)

1. Vegetation fire: 5200 Coe Avenue – 15’x3’ dry grass due to illegal fireworks. **6/18

2. Report of structure fire: Elm Avenue – Illegal fireworks landed on the roof a house. No fire or damage. **6/23

3. Debris fire: Yosemite Street – Burning pile of fireworks near a vehicle. 7/1

4. Vegetation fire – Cielito Court and Rousch Avenue – Small vegetation lit by illegal fireworks. 7/4

5. Debris fire: 1560 Canyon Del Rey Boulevard. Large amount of firework debris left behind – 7/4

6. Dumpster Fire: 1560 Canyon Del Rey Boulevard. Fire inside a dumpster from a bag of illegal fireworks –**7/7

POLICE DEPARTMENT
The City of Seaside authorized legal “Safe and Sane” fireworks, which were limited to use within the city limits between 10:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. through July 5, 2024. Illegal fireworks were and have always been prohibited. Each year the City of Seaside Packet Page 10

Item No. 7.C. Page 4 of 6
experiences a high volume of illegal fireworks activity.

Similar to last year, the Police Department utilized three drones to obtain video of fireworks violations and issue criminal citations, in accordance with Seaside City Ordinance 8.32.190.

Public Works set out electric signboards on Seaside city roadways warning the community that fireworks are dangerous, illegal, and use of them would be strictly enforced. $1,000 fines for illegal firework possession.

From June 28, 2024, through July 5, 2024, the Police Department implemented special enforcement teams, on an overtime basis, to patrol and enforce laws regarding the use of illegal fireworks. These teams include undercover officers, fully marked patrol units with uniformed officers, and drone teams. Non-sworn Police Department staff answered fireworks related calls coming into the Records Division Firework Hotline phone number.

Non-sworn Police Department staff also answered tips sent to the crime tip website.

The call and tip information was forwarded to on-duty police officers in order for them to respond to locations where the reported illegal firework activity was occurring.

On July 4th from 6:00 p.m. to 11:30 p.m. Seaside police were dispatched to 92 calls for service which came into the County Communications Center. There were 140 calls for service which came into the Seaside Records Division. In addition to the firework calls for service, officers had multiple arrests unrelated to illegal fireworks.

July 4th Data 2024:

Arrested: 6
Administrative Citations: 56
Criminal Citations: 0
Fireworks collected as evidence: 0
Fireworks confiscated: Approximately 360lbs
Calls For Service into Dispatch Center: 92 (7 additional loose dog calls) Calls for Service into Seaside Records: 140
Comparison Data - Firework CFS for 2021, 2022, 2023, 2024 Firework Calls For Service to County Communications Center:

Fireworks 2021 2022 2023 2024
July 2nd 13 to Dispatch/15 to
Hotline
July 3rd 20 to Dispatch/15 to
Hotline
July 4th 97 to Dispatch/121 to
Hotline
164 Total 160 Total 92 to Dispatch/
140 to Hotline
July 5th 15 to Dispatch/10 to
Hotline
Packet Page 11

Item No. 7.C. Page 5 of 6

FISCAL IMPACT
FISCAL IMPACT – Fees collected by the Fire Department
The below table depicts the following:
• Gross retail sales of Safe and Sane fireworks within the City and prior year comparisons.
• Fireworks Surcharge of 7% (in accordance with the City of Seaside Municipal Code Chapter 8.32) Paid to the City.
• Permit application fees (Paid to the City).
• Total revenue received by the City of Seaside from the sale of Safe and Sane fireworks.

YEAR GROSS
SALES
7%

SURCHARGE

PERMIT FEES NUMBER OF
NONPROFITS

TOTAL REVENUE

TO CITY
2018 $227.445.69 $15,917.91 $3,006.00 ($334)
per booth
9 $18,923.91
2019 $224,284.20 $15,699.47 $2,422.00 ($346) 7 $18,121.47 2020 $266,455.94 $18,651.86 $1,910.00 ($382) 5 $20,561.86 2021 $226,265.74 $15,933.07 $1,146.00 ($382) 3 $17,079.07 2022 $266,382.12 $18,646.69 $1,146.00 ($382) 3 $19,792.69 2023 $294,093.14 $20,585.00 $2,436.00 ($406) 6 $23,021.00 2024 $241,612.24 $17,613.48 $2,940.00 ($420) 7 $20,553.48 The following expenses were incurred for the Illegal Fireworks Enforcement Operation:

Police Department Overtime Costs:

Police Officers: $18,850.82
Condor Security: $10,400
Parking Enforcement: $429.21
Community Service Officers: $285.80
Animal Control Specialist: $494.19
Records Employees: $634.95
Department Total: $20,694.96
Fire Department Overtime Costs:

Packet Page 12

Item No. 7.C. Page 6 of 6
$14,782.32 (Fully burdened cost)
July 4 / 72 hours total
1 Fire Captain, 1 Fire engineer, 1 Firefighter
Illegal Fireworks Enforcement:
$35,477.28
$10,400 (Condor Security)

Drone Volunteer Hours:

July 2:

July 3:

July 4: 2 Civilian Volunteers – 20 hours
Total Hours:

Public Works Overtime Costs: July 4 and 5
$6,742.98: Maintenance Worker 2 x 2 employees and Senior Maintenance Workers x 2 employees
Total Revenue to the City:
7% Surcharge for 7 non-profits: $17,613.48
Permit fees for 7 non-profits: $ 2,940.00
$20,553.48
Total Personnel Costs: $42,220.26 (PD, Fire, Public Works) Add Condor Security: $52,620.23
Fiscal Impact: $32,066.75

ATTACHMENTS

1. 2024 4th of July After Action Report Power Point (Council Item) Reviewed for Submission to the City Council by:

________________________________________
Craig Malin, Interim City Manager
Packet Page 13
JULY 4TH FIREWORKS AFTER ACTION
REPORT
1 NICK BORGES – POLICE CHIEF
JUSTIN PASCONE – POLICE

COMMANDER
MARY GUTIERREZ – FIRE CHIEF

REGULAR CITY COUNCIL MEETING
AUGUST 15, 2024
Packet Page 14
Operation
2  Fireworks special detail w/ 20 additional
Police Department staff members, 5
additional firefighters, 5 drone pilots and 3
drones deployed
 12 Condor Security Officers
 Command Van for Incident Command
 Records staff answered hotlines (140
calls)
 Dispatch Center received (92 calls)
Packet Page 15
Calls For Service July 4th
 Police
2022 2023 2024
164 160 232
Dispatch Received 92 calls
PD Hotlines Received 140
*Parking Cites *Loose Dogs
*Arrests
18 7 6
3 Packet Page 16
Calls For Service – Police
Department
 Police Citations Issued
2022 2023 2024
20 68 56
 Fireworks Confiscated in
Pounds
2022 2023 2024
100 73 360
4 Packet Page 17
Calls For Service – Fire
Department
 Calls for Service (6/28 – 7/5)
2022 2023 2024
97 76 81
 Fire Related Calls for Service
2022 2023 2024
4 11 6
4 Packet Page 18
Overtime & Other Expenses
 Expenses
 Police Department Overtime $
20,694.96
 Fire Department Overtime $
14,782.32
 Condor Security $ 10,400.00
 Public Works $ 6,742.95
Total $52,620.23
6 Packet Page 19

FISCAL IMPACT
Gross Sales / 7% Surcharge / Permit Fees / Revenue to City $241,612.24 $17,613.48 $2,940.00 $20,553.48
Expenses - $52,620.23
Revenue - $20,553.48
Fiscal Impact - $32,066.75
7 Packet Page 20
Recommendations for 2024
 Recommendations
 Continue to utilize private security as funding
allows
 Focus more efforts on drone operation (PD & Fire
add additional drones.)
 Publicize addresses receiving admin cites on
social media in real time to give people an
opportunity to stop further violations.

8 Packet Page 21
9 Questions?
Packet Page 22

DRAFT MINUTES

CITY OF SEASIDE REGULAR MEETING
CITY COUNCIL/ SUCCESSOR 440 HARCOURT AVE
AGENCY TO THE Thursday, August 1, 2024
REDEVELOPMENT AGENCY 5:00 PM

1. CALL TO ORDER
Mayor/Chair Oglesby called the meeting to order at 5:00 p.m.

2. ROLL CALL – ESTABLISHMENT OF QUORUM
PRESENT: Burks, Oglesby, Miller, Pacheco
ABSENT: Garcia-Arrazola

3. INVOCATION AND PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE
A moment of silence was held. The pledge was led by Acting Assistant City Manager Jose Bazua.

4. REVIEW OF AGENDA
No changes.

5. PUBLIC COMMENT
Lynda Cunningham, Alvin Edwards, Ann Marie Pagan, Constance Constable, Jonathan Amanti, Michael, Peter Kaiser, Joe Cubbage,

6. CLOSED SESSION
City Attorney Sheri Damon read the closed session and did not anticipate a report upon return from closed session.

PUBLIC COMMENT: Ann Marie Pagan
A. PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT PURSUANT TO GOVERNMENT CODE 54957
Title: Interim City Manager
No report.

7. PUBLIC AGENCY COMMUNICATIONS
A. SEASIDE CITY NEWS BROADCAST OF UPCOMING CITYWIDE EVENTS

AND COMMUNITY ANNOUNCEMENTS
The following upcoming events were featured:

Packet Page 23
Thursday, August 1, 2024 City Council REGULAR Meeting Page 2 Melissa Failagua, Human Resources Technician, announced the release of a Request for Qualifications for Recruitment Services for City Manager. More information available at www.ci.seaside.ca.us

8. PRESENTATIONS
A. MONTEREY COUNTY RAPE CRISIS CENTER VICTIMS OF DOMESTIC

ABUSE AND EDUCATIONAL SERVICES OVERVIEW (DENNIS ALEXANDER,

BOARD MEMBER AND BIANCA HERNANDEZ, COMMUNITY OUTREACH

MANAGER)
Bianca Hernandez provided a presentation reviewing mission statement of Monterey County Rape Crisis Center, their service areas and provided a brief report of services that have been administered in Seaside. 24/7 helpline: 831-375- 4357; www.mtryrapecrisis.org

9. CONSENT AGENDA
PUBLIC COMMENT: Kat Morgan
On motion by Mayor Pro Tem/Vice-Chair Pacheco and second by Council/Agency Member Burks and carried by the following vote, the City Council/Successor Agency moved to approve the consent agenda as presented.

RESULT: 4-0-0-1
AYES: Burks, Miller, Oglesby, Pacheco
NOES: None
ABSTAIN: None
ABSENT: Garcia-Arrazola
A. APPROVE MINUTES FROM JUNE 26, JUNE 28, AND JULY 25, 2024,

SPECIAL MEETINGS
ACTION: APPROVED
B. ADOPT A RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE

AGREEMENT WITH RRM DESIGN GROUP FOR FINAL DESIGN SERVICES

AND DESIGN SUPPORT DURING CONSTRUCTION FOR THE FIRE
STATION NO.1 KITCHEN RENOVATION PROJECT FOR AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED $46,285.00
ACTION: ADOPTED RESO #24-92
C. ADOPT A RESOLUTION APPROVING AN UPDATE TO THE CITY'S

ENVIRONMENTAL PURCHASING POLICY
Packet Page 24
Thursday, August 1, 2024 City Council REGULAR Meeting Page 3 ACTION: ADOPTED RESO #24-93
D. ADOPT A RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE

A CONTRACT WITH CARMEL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATES FOR FIRE

PREVENTION, PLAN REVIEW AND ALARM SYSTEM INSPECTION
SERVICES FOR AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED $100,000.00
ACTION: ADOPTED RESO #24-94
E. APPROVE APPOINTMENTS TO THE ART & HISTORY AND

ENVIRONMENTAL COMMISSIONS
ACTION: APPROVED & APPOINTED KAT MORGAN TO THE

ENVIRONMENTAL COMMISSION AND MICHAEL WILDGOOSE TO THE
ART & HISTORY COMMISSION.

10. BUSINESS ITEMS
A. CONSIDER DRAFT EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT FOR INTERIM

CITY MANAGER AND MAKE APPOINTMENT OF INTERIM CITY MANAGER Samantha Sakhrani, Acting Human Resources Director provided a presentation reviewing the actions of the Council since the appointment of an Acting City Manager in April 2024, to date; and the compensation for the interim position.

PUBLIC COMMENT: Veshawndus LeBeouf, Ann Marie Pagan, Karla Lobo, Catherine Crockett, Annalisa Mitchell, Joe Cubbage
On motion by Mayor Pro Tem/Vice Chair Pacheco and second by Council/Agency Member Burks and carried by the following vote, the City Council/Successor Agency moved to approve the employment contract for interim city manager and appoint Craig Malin as interim city manager.

RESULT: 3-0-1-1
AYES: Burks, Oglesby, Pacheco
NOES: None
ABSTAIN: Miller
ABSENT: Garcia-Arrazola
ACTION: ADOPTED RESO #24-95
B. ADOPT A RESOLUTION MODIFYING THE APPLICATION PROCEDURES

AND SELECTION CRITERIA FOR CANNABIS DISPENSARIES
Packet Page 25
Thursday, August 1, 2024 City Council REGULAR Meeting Page 4 Andy Myrick, Economic Development & Community Planning Manager provided a presentation of the cannabis dispensaries operations in the City, and the application process and the proposed modifications.

PUBLIC COMMENT: Veshawndus LeBeouf, Ann Marie Pagan, Joe Cubbage, Karla Lobo
On motion by Council/Agency Miller and second by Mayor Pro Tem/Vice Chair Pacheco and carried by the following vote, the City Council/Successor Agency moved to approve the modifications procedures and selection criteria for cannabis dispensaries.

RESULT: 4-0-0-1
AYES: Burks, Miller, Oglesby, Pacheco
NOES: None
ABSTAIN: None
ABSENT: Garcia-Arrazola
ACTION: ADOPTED RESO #24-96

11. COUNCIL MEMBER REQUESTS
A. NEW COUNCIL MEMBER REQUESTS
None.

B. FOLLOW UP ON PREVIOUS REQUESTS
None.

12. CITY ATTORNEY, CITY MANAGER, CITY COUNCIL AND MAYOR COMMENTS

AND REPORTS ON COMMITTEE ASSIGNMENTS
Reports provided.

13. CLOSED SESSION
City Attorney Sheri Damon read the closed session and did not anticipate a report upon return from closed session.

PUBLIC COMMENT:

A. CONFERENCE WITH REAL PROPERTY NEGOTIATORS PURSUANT TO GOVERNMENT CODE 54956.8
Property: 705 Broadway Avenue, Seaside, CA 93955
Packet Page 26
Thursday, August 1, 2024 City Council REGULAR Meeting Page 5 Agency Negotiators: City Manager, et. al.

Negotiating Parties: Coldwell Banker
Under Negotiation: Price, terms of payment or both
No report.

B. CONFERENCE WITH REAL PROPERTY NEGOTIATORS PURSUANT TO GOVERNMENT CODE 54956.8
Property: The Property Commonly Referred to As Campus Town (Property bounded by Highway 1/1st Avenue, 7th Avenue, Lightfighter/Colonel Durham Street, and Gigling)
Agency Negotiators: City Manager, et. al
Negotiating Parties: KBB Seaside Venture, et. al. and City of Seaside Under Negotiation: Price, terms of payment or both
No report.

C. CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL PURSUANT TO GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 54956.9 - ONE MATTER OF EXISTING LITIGATION Monterey County Superior Court Case No. 24CV002483
Case Name: Landwatch and Center for Biological Diversity v. City of Seaside, et al.

No report.

D. CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL PURSUANT TO GOVERNMENT CODE 54956.9 (d)(2)
Two Matters of Potential Litigation
Authorized the City Attorney to file a new lawsuit against the Seaside Highland Homeowners Association.

14. ADJOURNMENT
With no further business, the meeting adjourned at 8:25 p.m.

Respectfully submitted,
_________________________ _________________________
Dominique L. Davis, City Clerk Ian N. Oglesby, Mayor
Packet Page 27

CITY OF SEASIDE

STAFF REPORT
Item No.: 8.B.

TO: City Council
FROM: Craig Malin, Interim City Manager
BY: Dan Meewis, Recreation Director
DATE: August 15, 2024
SUBJECT: APPROVE MAYOR'S YOUTH FUND CONTRIBUTION REQUEST

FROM MONTEREY CONDORS CLUB

RECOMMENDATION
Approve a request from the Monterey Condors Club for a donation of $3,000.00 from the Mayor's Youth Fund for the costs associated with running their youth soccer program.

BACKGROUND
Monterey Condors Club is requesting a donation of $3,000.00 from the Mayor's Youth Fund to cover the cost associated with running the youth soccer program. The season runs from August 2024 through November 2024.

Monterey Condors Club is a nonprofit multisport club with the mission of becoming a pillar to the youth of Monterey County. They are dedicated to supporting the youth in achieving their goals by providing education and training through their athletic programs and clinics. Their athletic program has a diverse group of athletes of all profiles, origin, age, gender and competitive levels. Monterey Condors Club collects all the trash on the fields and benches after each practice game. While promoting the importance of recycling, cleanup, and a "green" healthy environment, they will be practicing at David Cutino Park and having their games there if the field is available.

They will be mentoring kids to help the planet by doing so and teaching them soccer.

Based on the information provided in the application, the request meets the criteria for the Mayor's Youth Fund Policy. Monterey Condors Club has provided documentation showing that they serve a majority of Seaside residents. Monterey Condors Club received their last donation at the August 17, 2023 City Council meeting. They Packet Page 28

Item No. 8.B. Page 2 of 2
submitted their 2023 Mayor's Youth Fund Closing Report within the 60-day time frame.

FISCAL IMPACT
This request would be funded by a donation from the Green Waste Recovery's donation to the Mayor's Youth Fund. The current balance is the Mayor's Youth Fund account (601-2106) is $32,107.02. If the City Council approves this request, the balance will decrease to $29,107.02. This is for fiscal year 2024/25.

In the event that all of the funds in the Mayor's Youth Fund become exhausted, staff will keep a file of all applications. Once Green Waste issues the next round of funding, all applications on file will be processed at the next available City Council meeting.

ATTACHMENTS

1. MYF Monterey Condors Club 2024

2. W-9 Monterey Condors Club 2024

3. 501 (c)(3) Monterey Condors Club

4. Mayor's Youth Fund Closing Report - Monterey Condors Club 2023 Reviewed for Submission to the City Council by:

________________________________________
Craig Malin, Interim City Manager
Packet Page 29
Packet Page 30
Packet Page 31
Packet Page 32
Packet Page 33
Packet Page 34
Packet Page 35
Packet Page 36
Packet Page 37
Packet Page 38
Packet Page 39

CITY OF SEASIDE

STAFF REPORT
Item No.: 8.C.

TO: City Council
FROM: Craig Malin, Interim City Manager
BY: Dan Meewis, Recreation Director
DATE: August 15, 2024
SUBJECT: APPROVE MAYOR'S YOUTH FUND CONTRIBUTION REQUEST FROM THE VILLAGE PROJECT/THE MAE C. JOHNSON

EDUCATION & CULTURAL ENRICHMENT ACADEMY

RECOMMENDATION
Approve a request from the Village Project for a donation of $3,000.00 from the Mayor's Youth Fund for the costs associated with their Mae C. Johnson Education & Cultural Enrichment Academy comprehensive tutoring program.

BACKGROUND
On behalf of the Mae C. Johnson Education & Cultural Enrichment Academy, the Village Project is requesting a $3,000.00 donation from the Mayor’s Youth Fund to help cover the costs associated with their comprehensive tutoring program for their youth and engagement with the Wahine Project.

The Mae C. Johnson Education & Cultural Enrichment Academy tutoring program provides academic support to students, enhancing their learning experience and helping them achieve academic success. The Wahine Project offers unique activities that promote personal development, teamwork, and community engagement. These initiatives collectively aim to empower youth, foster academic excellence, and nurture well-rounded individuals. They will have activities designed to promote environmental awareness and sustainability. These activities will include educational workshops on recycling, clean-up drives, and initiatives that encourage sustainable practices. By incorporating these green initiatives, they aim to instill a sense of responsibility and environmental stewardship in their youth, contributing to a healthier environment.

The Mae C. Johnson Education & Cultural Enrichment Academy is sponsored by the Packet Page 40

Item No. 8.C. Page 2 of 2
Village Project and the funds distributed to the Mae C. Johnson Education & Cultural Enrichment Academy will be handled through The Village Project. Based on the information provided, staff has determined that the application meets the requirements of the Mayor's Youth Fund Policy. The Village Project received their last donation at the July 20, 2023 City Council meeting. They submitted their 2023 Mayor's Youth Fund Closing Report within the 60-day time frame.

FISCAL IMPACT
This request would be funded by a donation from the Green Waste Recovery's donation to the Mayor's Youth Fund. The current balance is the Mayor's Youth Fund account (601-2106) is $29,107.02. If the City Council approves this request, the balance will decrease to $26,107.02. This is for fiscal year 2024/25.

ATTACHMENTS

1. MYF Village Project- The Mae C. Johnson Education & Cultural Enrichment Academy - 2024

2. Village Project- W9 2024

3. Village Project- 501(c)(3)

4. MYF Closing Report - Village Project- The Mae C. Johnson Education & Cultural Enrichment Academy - 2023
Reviewed for Submission to the City Council by:

________________________________________
Craig Malin, Interim City Manager
Packet Page 41
Packet Page 42
Packet Page 43
Packet Page 44
Packet Page 45
Packet Page 46
Packet Page 47
Packet Page 48
Packet Page 49
Packet Page 50
Packet Page 51
Packet Page 52
Packet Page 53
Packet Page 54

CITY OF SEASIDE

STAFF REPORT
Item No.: 8.D.

TO: City Council
FROM: Craig Malin, Interim City Manager
BY: Dan Meewis, Recreation Director
DATE: August 15, 2024
SUBJECT: APPROVE A FEE WAIVER REQUEST FROM SEASIDE HIGH

SCHOOL FOR COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE ANNUAL
HOMECOMING PARADE ON OCTOBER 25, 2024

RECOMMENDATION
Approve a request from Seaside High School to waive fees for Public Works and Police services in the amount of $1,010.00 for costs associated with the 2024 Homecoming Parade scheduled for October 25, 2024.

BACKGROUND
Seaside High School is planning to hold their annual Homecoming Parade on Friday, October 25, 2024, from 3:00 p.m - 5:30 p.m. A special event application was submitted for review by the special event committee. The committee did not have any questions or concerns about the application. Seaside High School will be providing proof of insurance. The attached event application has information detailing the specifications for the Homecoming Parade.

The last fee waiver submitted to the City Council for Seaside High School was approved on June 15, 2023.

FISCAL IMPACT
The approximate fees that are being requested to be waived are:

Special Event Application Fee: $ 110.00
Police Fees: 3 Officers for 2 Hours $ 569.00
Public Works Fee: $ 331.00
Packet Page 55

Item No. 8.D. Page 2 of 2
TOTAL $1,010.00

ATTACHMENTS

1. SHS Homecoming Parade Fee Waiver and Special Event Application 2024

2. SHS Homecoming Parade - Route (Map) 2024

3. SHS Homecoming Parade - Proof of Insurance 2024
Reviewed for Submission to the City Council by:

________________________________________
Craig Malin, Interim City Manager
Packet Page 56
Packet Page 57
Packet Page 58
Packet Page 59
Packet Page 60
Packet Page 61
Packet Page 62
Packet Page 63
Packet Page 64
Packet Page 65

!

"#

"#

"#'

"#

"#

(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(

! "
"#
)

"#

"#

'

'

(
(
(
"#

"#

&
"#)
(
(
(

! "
"#
)

(

!
6+28/'७$1<७2)७7+(७$%29(७'(6&5,%('७32/,&,(6७%(७&$1&(//('७%()25( 7+(७(;3,5$7,21७'$7(७7+(5(2)௵७127,&(७:,//७%(७'(/,9(5('७,1७ $&&25'$1&(७:,7+७7+(७32/,&<७3529,6,216
"#
"#SEXUAL ABUSE AND MOLESTATION
"#&
"#
"#

[ ]
"#

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
NCR 00202-37 7/1/2024
7/1/2025
10,000 1,000,000
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
NCR 00202-37 7/1/2024
7/1/2025
10,000 1,000,000
NCR 00202-37 7/1/2024
7/1/2025
10,000 500,250,000
NCR 00202-37 7/1/2024
7/1/2025
10,000 Included
Keenan & Associates
1732 North First Street, Suite 100
San Jose, CA 95112
[email protected] Northern California ReLiEF
A
A
B
8/9/2024
0451271
PIPS40118 7/1/2024
7/1/2025 1,000,000
1,000,000
1,000,000
✓
✓
✓
Protected Insurance Program for Schools
A
A
Northern California ReLiEF
Protected Insurance Program for Schools
✓
Frances Freeman License No. 0B70661
John Stephens
408-441-0754 x6156
As respects to permit for Annual Homecoming Parade Event on October 25, 2024 from 3:00 pm - 5:00 pm.

Monterey Peninsula Unified School District
700 Pacific Street
Monterey CA 93940
City of Seaside
Recreation and Community Activities Dept.
986 Hilby Avenue
Seaside CA 93955
81370205 | MONTEPEN | 24/25 Super Pool P&L | Frances Freeman | 8/9/2024 11:32:04 AM (PDT) | Page 1 of 3 Packet Page 66

*++,-./.01-+2/23+,14+25-*+,+3+,6+6.7+2/-*.6/2,872+652-0256-.-9-+1025-,10-:+-;++5-*+.669.54 +5-.-<$.+6%19-*2,.=+7,+>,+6+5-1-.3+2,>,2790+,157-*+0+,-./.01-+*2?7+,52,72+6.-1//.,81-.3+?<2,5+41-.3+?< 18+57+@-+572,1?-+,-*+023+,14+1//2,7+7:<-*+023+,14+72098+5-6?.6-+7-*+,+25

ENDORSEMENT

ADDITIONAL COVERED PARTY

COVERED PARTY COVERAGE DOCUMENT ADMINISTRATOR
Subject to all its terms, conditions, exclusions, and endorsements, such additional covered party as is afforded by the coverage document shall also apply to the following entity but only as respects to liability arising directly from the actions and activities of the covered party described under “as respects” below.

Additional Covered Party:

As Respects:

____________________________________________
Authorized Representative
Issue Date:

8/9/2024
Monterey Peninsula Unified School District NCR 00202-37 Keenan & Associates As respects to permit for Annual Homecoming Parade Event on October 25, 2024 from 3:00 pm - 5:00 pm.

City of Seaside, its officers, employees, and agents are named as additional covered parties.

This coverage shall be primary to the certificate holder's coverage and activities of the Covered Party due to their sole negligence. The insurance of the Additional Covered Party shall not be called upon to contribute to a loss covered by the Covered Party's coverage. 10-day notice of cancellation
City of Seaside
Recreation and Community Activities Dept.
986 Hilby Avenue
Seaside CA 93955
81370205 | MONTEPEN | 24/25 Super Pool P&L | Frances Freeman | 8/9/2024 11:32:04 AM (PDT) | Page 3 of 3 Packet Page 68

CITY OF SEASIDE

STAFF REPORT
Item No.: 8.E.

TO: City Council
FROM: Craig Malin, Interim City Manager
BY: Dan Meewis, Recreation Director
DATE: August 15, 2024
SUBJECT: APPROVE A FEE WAIVER REQUEST FROM PALENKE ARTS

ORGANIZATION TO USE LAGUNA GRANDE HALL AND KITCHEN
TO HOLD THEIR "DAY OF THE DEAD" (DIA DE LOS MUERTOS)
EVENT ON NOVEMBER 2, 2024

RECOMMENDATION
Approve the fee waiver request from Palenke Arts for the use of Laguna Grande Hall and kitchen to hold their event "Dia de los Muertos Celebration (Day of the Dead)," in the amount of $506.25, the Organization to provide the City with the non-refundable portion of the deposit of $98.25, and provide the City with their insurance.

BACKGROUND
Palenke Arts is a non-profit organization, and they are requesting a fee waiver to help cover the cost associated with their annual event "Dia de los Muertos" (Day of the Dead) celebration on Saturday, November 2, 2024, from 12:00 p.m. to 9:00 p.m. in the Laguna Grande Hall and kitchen at the Oldemeyer Center. This is the fourth year that Palenke Arts has requested a fee waiver for this event, with the last request being in 2023.

This event will feature a variety of demonstrations and presentations from the different programs offered by Palenke Arts, as well as a large "Ofrenda" which will honor those in our community who have passed away.

Staff recommends that the fees be waived for the rental cost of the facility and that the organization provide liability coverage and pay only the non-refundable portion of the deposit of $98.25 to go towards the building maintenance fund.

Packet Page 69

Item No. 8.E. Page 2 of 2

FISCAL IMPACT
The approximate fees which are applicable to this request are:

Laguna Grande Hall & Kitchen Fee 9 Hours @ $56.25 per hour $506.25 Non-Refundable Portion Deposit $ 98.25
TOTAL $604.50
Should the City Council approve the request with the staff recommendation to waive all rental fees but require payment for the insurance and the non-refundable deposit only, the fiscal impact is $506.25 out of account 100.3672.

ATTACHMENTS

1. Palenke Arts Fee Waiver Request Dia de los Muentos Celebration (Day of the Dead) 2024

2. Palenke Arts Insurance Dia de los Muentos Celebration (Day of the Dead) 2024

3. 501(c)(3) - Palenke Arts
Reviewed for Submission to the City Council by:

________________________________________
Craig Malin, Interim City Manager
Packet Page 70
Packet Page 71
Packet Page 72
Packet Page 73
Packet Page 74
Packet Page 75
Packet Page 76
ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED?

INSR ADDL SUBR

LTR INSD WVD
PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: PHONE FAX
(A/C, No, Ext): (A/C, No): E-MAIL ADDRESS:

INSURER A :

INSURED INSURER B :

INSURER C :

INSURER D :

INSURER E :

INSURER F :

POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP TYPE OF INSURANCE (MM/DD/YYYY) (MM/DD/YYYY) LIMITS

AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY

UMBRELLA LIAB

EXCESS LIAB WORKERS COMPENSATION

AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required)

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
EACH OCCURRENCE $ DAMAGE TO RENTED CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR PREMISES (Ea occurrence) $ MED EXP (Any one person) $ PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ PRO- POLICY JECT LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG OTHER: $ COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
(Ea accident) $ ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY (Per accident) $
$ OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTION $ PER OTH- STATUTE ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $
If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC #

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
Y / N
N / A
(Mandatory in NH)

SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE

THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS

CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.

THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS

CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.

IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed.

If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).

COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER:

CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION
ACORD 25 (2016/03) © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.

CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY)
$
$
$
$
$
The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
7/30/2024
License # 0668959
(559) 583-9393 123 (559) 582-3903
NIAC
Palenke Arts
1713 Broadway Ave
Seaside, CA 93955
10346
A 1,000,000
X 2024-58538 6/2/2024 6/2/2025 500,000
20,000
1,000,000
3,000,000
3,000,000
A 1,000,000
2024-58538-UMB 6/2/2024 6/2/2025
0 1,000,000
B
EIG456018504 6/2/2024 6/2/2025 1,000,000
1,000,000
1,000,000
Event: Dia de los Muertos, November 2, 2024
Location: Laguna Grande Hall, Oldemeyer Center, Seaside Certificate holder is named additional insured as respects general liability.

City of Seaside
440 Harcourt Ave
Seaside, CA 93955
PALEART-01 DBUCKNER
Mackey & Mackey Insurance Agency, Inc.

P.O. Box 1209
Hanford, CA 93232
Dené Buckner
[email protected]
Nonprofits' Insurance Alliance of California
Employers Preferred Insurance Company
X
X
X
X
X
X
Packet Page 77
POLICY NUMBER: 2024-58538
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

ADDITIONAL INSURED

PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY

ENDORSEMENT FOR PUBLIC ENTITIES
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART

SCHEDULE
Name of Person or Organization:

C. With respect to the insurance provided to the additional insured(s), Condition 4. Other Insurance of SECTION IV – COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS is replaced by the following:

Section II – WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include:

4. Any public entity as an additional insured, and the officers, officials, employees, agents and/or volunteers of that public entity, as applicable, who may be named in the Schedule above, when you have agreed in a written contract or written agreement presently in effect or becoming effective during the term of this policy, that such public entity and/or its officers, officials, employees, agents and/or volunteers be added as an additional insured(s) on your policy, but only with respect to liability for “bodily injury”, “property damage” or “personal and advertising injury” caused, in whole or in part, by:
a. Your negligent acts or omissions; or
b. The negligent acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf; in the performance of your ongoing operations.

No such public entity or individual is an additional insured for liability arising out of the sole negligence by that public entity or its designated individuals. The additional insured status will not be afforded with respect to liability arising out of or related to your activities as a real estate manager for that person or organization.

B. Section III – LIMITS OF INSURANCE is amended to include:

8. The limits of insurance applicable to the public entity and applicable individuals identified as an additional insured(s) pursuant to Provision A.4. above, are those specified in the written contract between you and that public entity, or the limits available under this policy, whichever are less. These limits are part of and not in addition to the limits of insurance under this policy.

4. Other Insurance
a. Primary Insurance
This insurance is primary if you have agreed in a written contract or written agreement:
(1) That this insurance be primary. If other insurance is also primary, we will share with all that other insurance as described in c. below; or
NIAC-E61 02 19 Page 1 of 2
Packet Page 78
POLICY NUMBER: 2024-58538
Paragraphs (1) and (2) do not apply to other insurance to which the additional insured(s) has been added as an additional insured or to other insurance described in paragraph b. below. b. Excess Insurance
This insurance is excess over:

1. Any of the other insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis:
(a) That is Fire, Extended Coverage, Builder’s Risk, Installation Risk or similar coverage for "your work";
(b) That is fire, lightning, or explosion insurance for premises rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner;
(c) That is insurance purchased by you to cover your liability as a tenant for "property damage" to premises temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner; or (d) If the loss arises out of the maintenance or use of aircraft, "autos" or watercraft to the extent not subject to Exclusion g. of SECTION I – COVERAGE A – BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.
(e)
(1) When this insurance is excess, we will have no duty under Coverages A or B to defend the additional insured(s) against any "suit" if any other insurer has a duty to defend the additional insured(s) against that "suit". If no other insurer defends, we will undertake to do so, but we will be entitled to the additional insured(s)’ rights against all those other insurers. (2) When this insurance is excess over other insurance, we will pay only our share of the amount of the loss, if any, that exceeds the sum of:
(3) We will share the remaining loss, if any, with any other insurance that is not described in this Excess Insurance provision and was not bought specifically to apply in excess of the Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations of this Coverage Part. (a) The total amount that all such other insurance would pay for the loss in the absence of this insurance; and
(b) The total of all deductible and self-insured amounts under all that other insurance. c. Methods of Sharing
If all of the other insurance available to the additional insured(s) permits contribution by equal shares, we will follow this method also. Under this approach each insurer contributes equal amounts until it has paid its applicable limit of insurance or none of the loss remains, whichever comes first.

If any other the other insurance available to the additional insured(s) does not permit contribution by equal shares, we will contribute by limits. Under this method, each insurer’s share is based on the ratio of its applicable limit of insurance to the total applicable limits of insurance of all insurers.

Any other insurance available to an additional insured(s) under this Endorsement covering liability for damages which are subject to this endorsement and for which the additional insured(s) has been added as an additional insured by that other insurance. (2) The coverage afforded by this insurance is primary and non-contributory with the additional insured(s)’ own insurance.

NIAC-E61 02 19 Page 2 of 2
Packet Page 79
NAMED INSURED:

POLICY NUMBER: 2024-58538
Palenke Arts
FORM: NIAC-E25 12 15
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

ADDITIONAL INSURED - DESIGNATED PERSON

OR ORGANIZATION -

FOOD CONTRIBUTIONS OR CLIENT REFERRALS
Any person or organization that you are required to add as an additional insured on this policy, under a written contract or agreement currently in effect, or becoming effective during the term of this policy, in consideration of food contributions or client referrals you receive from them.

Name of Person or Organization:

SCHEDULE

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by your acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf:

1. In the performance of your ongoing operations; or

2. In connection with your premises owned by or rented to you.

However:

1. The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and

2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured.

With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III – Limits Of Insurance:

If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance:

1. Required by the contract or agreement; or

2. Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations.

NIAC-E25 12 15 Page 1 of 1
Packet Page 80
POLICY NUMBER: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

ADDITIONAL INSURED – DESIGNATED

PERSON OR ORGANIZATION
CG 20 26 12 19
2024-58538
Named Insured: Palenke Arts
Any person or organization that you are required to add as an additional insured on this policy, under a written contract or agreement currently in effect, or becoming effective during the term of this policy. The additional insured status will not be afforded with respect to liability arising out of or related to your activities as a real estate manager for that person or organization.

Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s):

SCHEDULE

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations.

Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to
include as an additional insured the person(s) or
organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only
with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury"
caused, in whole or in part, by your acts or
omissions or the acts or omissions of those acting
on your behalf:

1. In the performance of your ongoing operations;
or

2. In connection with your premises owned by or
rented to you.

However:

1. The insurance afforded to such additional
insured only applies to the extent permitted by
law; and

2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is
required by a contract or agreement, the
insurance afforded to such additional insured
will not be broader than that which you are
required by the contract or agreement to
provide for such additional insured.

A. B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these
additional insureds, the following is added to
Section III – Limits Of Insurance:

If coverage provided to the additional insured is
required by a contract or agreement, the most we
will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the
amount of insurance:

1. Required by the contract or agreement; or

2. Available under the applicable Limits of
Insurance shown in the Declarations;
whichever is less.

This endorsement shall not increase the
applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the
Declarations.

CG 20 26 12 19 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1 Packet Page 81

Named Insured: Palenke Arts
2024-58538
CG 20 34 12 19
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

POLICY NUMBER: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
With respect to the insurance afforded to these
additional insureds, the following is added to
Section III – Limits Of Insurance:

The most we will pay on behalf of the additional
insured is the amount of insurance:

1. Required by the contract or agreement you
have entered into with the additional insured;
or

2. Available under the applicable Limits of
Insurance shown in the Declarations;
whichever is less.

This endorsement shall not increase the
applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the
Declarations.

With respect to the insurance afforded to these
additional insureds, this insurance does not apply
to any "occurrence" which takes place after the
equipment lease expires.

A. A person's or organization's status as an
additional insured under this endorsement ends
when their contract or agreement with you for such
leased equipment ends.

Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to
include as an additional insured any person(s) or
organization(s) from whom you lease equipment
when you and such person(s) or organization(s)
have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement
that such person(s) or organization(s) be added as
an additional insured on your policy. Such
person(s) or organization(s) is an insured only with
respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property
damage" or "personal and advertising injury"
caused, in whole or in part, by your maintenance,
operation or use of equipment leased to you by
such person(s) or organization(s).

However, the insurance afforded to such additional
insured:

1. Only applies to the extent permitted by law;
and

2. Will not be broader than that which you are
required by the contract or agreement to
provide for such additional insured.

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

CG 20 34 12 19 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1 Packet Page 82
POLICY NUMBER: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

ADDITIONAL INSURED – MANAGERS OR

LESSORS OF PREMISES
CG 20 11 12 19
2024-58538
Named Insured: Palenke Arts
Any person or organization acting as a manager or lessor of a covered premises that you are required to name as an additional insured on this policy, under a written contract, lease or agreement currently in effect, or becoming effective during the term of this policy.

Name Of Person(s) Or Organization(s) (Additional Insured):

Designation Of Premises (Part Leased To You):

SCHEDULE

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations.

Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to
include as an additional insured the person(s) or
organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only
with respect to liability arising out of the
ownership, maintenance or use of that part of the
premises leased to you and shown in the
Schedule and subject to the following additional
exclusions:

This insurance does not apply to:

1. Any "occurrence" which takes place after you
cease to be a tenant in that premises.

2. Structural alterations, new construction or
demolition operations performed by or on
behalf of the person(s) or organization(s)
shown in the Schedule.

However:

1. The insurance afforded to such additional
insured only applies to the extent permitted
by law; and

2. If coverage provided to the additional insured
is required by a contract or agreement, the
insurance afforded to such additional insured
will not be broader than that which you are
required by the contract or agreement to
provide for such additional insured.

B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these
additional insureds, the following is added to
Section III – Limits Of Insurance:

If coverage provided to the additional insured is
required by a contract or agreement, the most we
will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the
amount of insurance:

1. Required by the contract or agreement; or

2. Available under the applicable Limits of
Insurance shown in the Declarations;
whichever is less.

This endorsement shall not increase the
applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the
Declarations.

Additional Premium: Included
CG 20 11 12 19 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1 Packet Page 83
POLICY NUMBER: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

ADDITIONAL INSURED – OWNERS, LESSEES OR
CONTRACTORS – COMPLETED OPERATIONS
CG 20 37 12 19
2024-58538
Named Insured: Palenke Arts
Any person or organization that you are required to
add as an additional insured on this policy, under a
written contract or agreement currently in effect, or
becoming effective during the term of this policy.

The additional insured status will not be afforded
with respect to liability arising out of or related to
your activities as a real estate manager for that
person or organization.

All insured premises and operations.

Location And Description Of Completed Operations
Name Of Additional Insured Person(s)
Or Organization(s)

SCHEDULE

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART

PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations.

Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to
include as an additional insured the person(s) or
organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only
with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or
"property damage" caused, in whole or in part, by
"your work" at the location designated and
described in the Schedule of this endorsement
performed for that additional insured and
included in the "products-completed operations
hazard".

However:

1. The insurance afforded to such additional
insured only applies to the extent permitted
by law; and
A. B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these
additional insureds, the following is added to
Section III – Limits Of Insurance:

If coverage provided to the additional insured is
required by a contract or agreement, the most we
will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the
amount of insurance:

2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is
required by a contract or agreement, the
insurance afforded to such additional insured will
not be broader than that which you are required
by the contract or agreement to provide for such
additional insured.

1. Required by the contract or agreement; or

2. Available under the applicable Limits of
Insurance shown in the Declarations;
whichever is less.

This endorsement shall not increase the
applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the
Declarations.

CG 20 37 12 19 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1 Packet Page 84
POLICY NUMBER: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

ADDITIONAL INSURED – OWNERS, LESSEES OR
CONTRACTORS – SCHEDULED PERSON OR

ORGANIZATION
CG 20 10 12 19
2024-58538
Named Insured: Palenke Arts
Any person or organization that you are required to
add as an additional insured on this policy, under a
written contract or agreement currently in effect, or
becoming effective during the term of this policy. The
additional insured status will not be afforded with
respect to liability arising out of or related to your
activities as a real estate manager for that person or
organization.

All insured premises and operations.

Location(s) Of Covered Operations
Name Of Additional Insured Person(s)
Or Organization(s)

SCHEDULE

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations.

1. Your acts or omissions; or

2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your
behalf;
in the performance of your ongoing operations for
the additional insured(s) at the location(s)
designated above.

However:

1. The insurance afforded to such additional
insured only applies to the extent permitted
by law; and
A.

B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these
additional insureds, the following additional
exclusions apply:

This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or
"property damage" occurring after:

1. All work, including materials, parts or
equipment furnished in connection with such
work, on the project (other than service,
maintenance or repairs) to be performed by
or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the
location of the covered operations has been
completed; or

2. If coverage provided to the additional insured
is required by a contract or agreement, the
insurance afforded to such additional insured
will not be broader than that which you are
required by the contract or agreement to
provide for such additional insured.

CG 20 10 12 19 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 2 Packet Page 85

2. That portion of "your work" out of which the
injury or damage arises has been put to its
intended use by any person or organization
other than another contractor or subcontractor
engaged in performing operations for a
principal as a part of the same project.

C. With respect to the insurance afforded to these
additional insureds, the following is added to
Section III – Limits Of Insurance:

If coverage provided to the additional insured is
required by a contract or agreement, the most we
will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the
amount of insurance:

1. Required by the contract or agreement; or

2. Available under the applicable Limits of
Insurance shown in the Declarations;
whichever is less.

This endorsement shall not increase the
applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the
Declarations.

CG 20 10 12 19 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 2 of 2 Packet Page 86

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

CG 20 20 11 85 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1984 Page 1 of 1 ADDITIONAL INSURED – CHARITABLE INSTITUTIONS
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART.

WHO IS AN INSURED (Section II) is amended to include as an insured:

1. Your members but only with respect to their liability for your activities or activities they perform on your behalf; and

2. Your trustees or members of the board of governors while acting within the scope of their duties as such on your behalf.

Packet Page 87
POLICY NUMBER: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

ADDITIONAL INSURED –

MORTGAGEE, ASSIGNEE OR RECEIVER
2024-58538
Named Insured: Palenke Arts CG 20 18 04 13
Any person or organization acting as mortgagee,
assignee, or receiver with respect to locations scheduled on the policy.

Name Of Person(s) Or Organization(s) Designation Of Premises

SCHEDULE

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to
include as an additional insured the person(s) or
organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only
with respect to their liability as mortgagee,
assignee, or receiver and arising out of the
ownership, maintenance, or use of the premises by
you and shown in the Schedule.

However:

1. The insurance afforded to such additional
insured only applies to the extent permitted by
law; and

2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is
required by a contract or agreement, the
insurance afforded to such additional insured
will not be broader than that which you are
required by the contract or agreement to
provide for such additional insured.

With respect to the insurance afforded to these
additional insureds, the following is added to
Section III – Limits Of Insurance:

If coverage provided to the additional insured is
required by a contract or agreement, the most we
will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the
amount of insurance:

1. Required by the contract or agreement; or

2. Available under the applicable Limits of
Insurance shown in the Declarations;
whichever is less.

This endorsement shall not increase the
applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the
Declarations.

Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations.

This insurance does not apply to structural
alterations, new construction and demolition
operations performed by or for that person or
organization.

CG 20 18 04 13 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1 Packet Page 88
POLICY NUMBER: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

ADDITIONAL INSURED – STATE OR GOVERNMENTAL

AGENCY OR SUBDIVISION OR POLITICAL
SUBDIVISION – PERMITS OR AUTHORIZATIONS
CG 20 12 04 13
2024-58538
Named Insured: Palenke Arts
Any state or political subdivision that issues a permit or authorization to the named insured.

State Or Governmental Agency Or Subdivision Or Political Subdivision:

Subdivision:

SCHEDULE

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations.

Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to
include as an additional insured any state or
governmental agency or subdivision or political
subdivision shown in the Schedule, subject to the
following provisions:

1. This insurance applies only with respect to
operations performed by you or on your behalf
for which the state or governmental agency or
subdivision or political subdivision has issued a
permit or authorization.

However:
a. The insurance afforded to such additional
insured only applies to the extent permitted
by law; and
b. If coverage provided to the additional
insured is required by a contract or
agreement, the insurance afforded to such
additional insured will not be broader than
that which you are required by the contract
or agreement to provide for such additional
insured.

2. This insurance does not apply to:
a. "Bodily injury", "property damage" or
"personal and advertising injury" arising out
of operations performed for the federal
government, state or municipality; or
b. "Bodily injury" or "property damage"
included within the "products-completed
operations hazard".

B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these
additional insureds, the following is added to
Section III – Limits Of Insurance:

If coverage provided to the additional insured is
required by a contract or agreement, the most we
will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the
amount of insurance:

1. Required by the contract or agreement; or

2. Available under the applicable Limits of
Insurance shown in the Declarations;
whichever is less.

This endorsement shall not increase the
applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the
Declarations.

CG 20 12 04 13 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1 Packet Page 89

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
CG 20 21 07 98
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

CG 20 21 07 98 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1997 Page 1 of 1 ADDITIONAL INSURED – VOLUNTEER WORKERS
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an insured any person(s) who are volunteer worker(s) for you, but only while acting at the direction of, and within the scope of their duties for you. However, none of these volunteer worker(s) are insureds for:

1. "Bodily injury" or "personal and advertising
injury":
a. To you, to your partners or members (if you
are a partnership or joint venture), to your
members (if you are a limited liability company), to your other volunteer worker(s) or to your "employees" arising out of and in the
course of their duties for you;
b. To the spouse, child, parent, brother or
sister of your volunteer worker(s) or your
"employees" as a consequence of Paragraph 1.a. above;
c. For which there is any obligation to share
damages with or repay someone else who
must pay damages because of the injury
described in Paragraphs 1.a. or b. above; or
d. Arising out of his or her providing or failing
to provide professional health care services.

2. "Property damage" to property:
a. Owned, occupied, or used by,
b. Rented to, in the care, custody or control of,
or over which physical control is being exercised for any purpose by you, any of your other volunteer workers, your
"employees", any partner or member (if you are
a partnership or joint venture), or any member
(if you are a limited liability company).

Packet Page 90
NIAC-E131 ISC 05 20 Page 1 of 1
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

ADDITIONAL INSURED – DESIGNATED

PERSON OR ORGANIZATION
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

IMPROPER SEXUAL CONDUCT AND PHYSICAL ABUSE LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM

SCHEDULE
Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s) Any person, entity or organization that you are required to add as an additional insured for claims of “improper sexual conduct” or “physical abuse” under a written contract or agreement currently in effect or becoming effective during the term of this policy.

Section 4 – Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured the person, entity or organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", arising from “improper sexual conduct” or “physical abuse” caused solely by your operations; which “bodily injury” is caused by an act of “improper sexual conduct” or “physical abuse” committed within the coverage territory and which act of “improper sexual conduct” or “physical abuse” first takes place during the term of the policy to which this endorsement is attached.

Packet Page 91
NAMED INSURED: Palenke Arts
POLICY NUMBER: 2024-58538 FORM: NIAC-E26 11 17
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY

AGAINST OTHERS (WAIVER OF SUBROGATION)

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART

SOCIAL SERVICE PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

Name of Person or Organization:

SCHEDULE
Where you are so required in a written contract or agreement currently in effect or becoming effective during the term of this policy, we waive any right of recovery we may have against that person or organization, who may be named in the schedule above, because of payments we make for injury or damage.

NIAC-E26 11 17 Page 1 of 1
Packet Page 92
MACKEY AND MACKEY INSURANCE AGENCY,INC.

WWW.MACKEY-INSURANCE.COM
450 Kings County Drive, Suite 101 800 Quintana Road, Suite 1A 695 Price St., Suite 101 P.O. Box 1209 Morro Bay, CA 93442 Pismo Beach, CA 93449 Hanford, CA 93232 Phone: (805) 772-1799 Phone: (805) 295-6601 Phone: (559) 583-9393 Fax: (805) 772-6906 Fax: (805) 295-6603 Fax : (559) 582-3903
STATE LICENSE #0668959
Certificates of Insurance:

The attached certificate merely provides evidence of insurance. You may have signed contracts, leases, or other agreements requiring you to provide this certificate. In those agreements, you may assume obligations and/or liability for others. Some of these obligations are not covered by insurance. You should review these with a competent legal counsel.

Additional Insureds:

In addition to providing a certificate of insurance, you may also be required to name your client or customer on your policy as an additional insured. This action requires an actual endorsement / change to your policy and is possible only with the permission of the insurance company. In some cases there may be an additional premium to add additional insureds to your policy.

There are other potential consequences of including additional insureds on your policy which include, but are not limited to:
1) Your policy limits are now shared with other entities; their claims involvement may reduce or exhaust your aggregate limits.
2) Your policy may provide higher limits than required by contract; but your full limits can be exposed due to the additional insured.
3) There may be conflicts in defense when your insurer has to defend both you and the additional insured.

Some contracts, leases and agreements you sign may have indemnity and/or hold harmless requirements that cannot be addressed by an insurance policy. We recommend that these agreements be thoroughly reviewed by you and your legal counsel.

Packet Page 93
Packet Page 94
Packet Page 95

CITY OF SEASIDE

STAFF REPORT
Item No.: 8.F.

TO: City Council
FROM: Craig Malin, Interim City Manager
BY: Dominique Davis, City Clerk
DATE: August 15, 2024
SUBJECT: APPROVE A PROCLAMATION RECOGNIZING SEPTEMBER AS

NATIONAL RECOVERY MONTH

RECOMMENDATION
Approve a proclamation recognizing September as National Recovery Month in the City of Seaside.

BACKGROUND
National Recovery Month is an annual observance held in September to promote and support new evidence-based treatment and recovery practices, the emergence of a strong and proud recovery community, and the dedication of service providers and communities who make recovery in all its forms possible. It aims to increase awareness and understanding of mental and substance-use disorders and celebrate the people who recover.

The City of Seaside recognizes the importance of supporting residents who are battling mental and substance-use disorders. By proclaiming September as National Recovery Month, we aim to:
• Promote awareness of mental and substance-use disorders. • Encourage individuals in need of treatment and recovery services to seek help. • Support the recovery community within Seaside.
• Highlight the contributions of dedicated service providers who facilitate recovery. • Celebrate those in recovery and their families, acknowledging their strength and resilience.
• The proposed proclamation aligns with our city’s commitment to fostering a healthy, supportive, and inclusive community for all residents. It will also provide Packet Page 96

Item No. 8.F. Page 2 of 2
an opportunity for the city to engage with local organizations and stakeholders dedicated to recovery efforts, further strengthening our support networks.

FISCAL IMPACT
None.

ATTACHMENTS

1. National Recovery Month Proclamation
Reviewed for Submission to the City Council by:

________________________________________
Craig Malin, Interim City Manager
Packet Page 97
City of Seaside

PROCLAMATION

NATIONAL RECOVERY MONTH
September 2024
WHEREAS, September is observed across the nation as National Recovery Month.

WHEREAS, the impact of mental and substance use disorders and co-occurring disorders is apparent in our local community, and a great number of Seaside residents are affected by these conditions.

About 2 million Californians met the criteria for substance use disorder.

WHEREAS, mental and substance use disorders, including co-occurring disorders affect all communities nationwide, but with commitment and support, people with these disorders can achieve healthy lifestyles and lead rewarding lives in recovery. By seeking help, people who experience mental and substance use disorders and co-occurring disorders can embark on a new path toward improved health and overall wellness. Sun Street Centers provides the community with the resources to begin and continue their recovery.

WHEREAS, through Recovery Month, people become more aware and able to recognize the signs of mental and substance use disorders and co-occurring disorders and encourages people in need of treatment and recovery services to seek help. Managing the effects of these conditions helps individuals achieve healthy lifestyles, both physically and emotionally.

WHEREAS, the Recovery Month observance continues to work to improve the lives of those affected by mental and substance use disorders and co-occurring disorders by raising awareness of these disorders and educating communities about the effective treatment, and recovery services that are available. Sun Street Centers also educates youth to prevent substance use disorders from happening. For the above reasons, Sun Street Centers asks the citizens of Seaside to join in celebrating this September as National Recovery Month.

THEREFORE, BE IT PROCLAIMED, that I, The Honorable Ian N. Oglesby, Mayor of the City of Seaside, on behalf of the City Council, do hereby proclaim, the month of September 2024 as National Recovery Month. In doing so, call upon our community to observe this month with compelling programs and events that support this year’s observance.
____________________
Ian N. Oglesby, Mayor
August 15, 2024
Packet Page 98

CITY OF SEASIDE

STAFF REPORT
Item No.: 8.G.

TO: City Council
FROM: Craig Malin, Interim City Manager
BY: Patrick Grogan, Associate Engineer
DATE: August 15, 2024
SUBJECT: REVIEW AND TAKE ACTION ON TRAFFIC ADVISORY

COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR RED CURB REQUESTS

ON SONOMA AVENUE, VALLEJO STREET, AND FREMONT

BOULEVARD

RECOMMENDATION
The Traffic Advisory Committee (TAC) recommends approving: 1) installation of 3 feet of red curb on both sides of the driveway approach for 926 Sonoma Avenue; 2) installation of 3 feet of red curb on both sides of the driveway approach for 1677 Vallejo Street; and, 3) installation of 5 feet of red curb on both sides of the Francis Avenue driveway approach for 1141 Fremont Boulevard, while denying red curb for the Fremont Boulevard driveway approach serving the same property.

BACKGROUND
The Traffic Advisory Committee (TAC) reviewed and provided recommendations regarding three applications at the regular meeting on July 16, 2024. A summary of three (3) items are presented below.

In preparation for these site analyses, staff consulted with a traffic engineer from the City's On-call Traffic Engineering list. The consultant provided examples of driveway red tipping and red curb recommendations from nearby Bay Area cities. Factors to consider when evaluating red curb for driveways include visibility from the driveway, maneuverability into and out of the driveway, the width of the driveway, and the length of the adjacent curb for parking spaces. Other municipalities typically recommend 2 to 5 feet of red curb on either side of a driveway approach when appropriate.

Item 1
Packet Page 99

Item No. 8.G. Page 2 of 4
Staff received the Traffic Advisory Committee Request Application (attachment 1), dated May 15, 2024, from a resident requesting the installation of red curb on both sides of the driveway at 926 Sonoma Avenue. The resident noted visibility concerns when vehicles park near the driveway, difficulty exiting the driveway, and vehicles partially blocking his driveway. It was noted that, due to single-family and multi-family residences on this block, street parking is limited.

Sonoma Avenue is classified as a collector street, with a posted speed limit of 25 miles per hour (mph) and one lane of traffic in each direction. Sonoma Avenue is approximately 39 ft. wide, measured from face of curb to face of curb with parallel parking on both sides of the street. Sidewalks measuring approximately 5 feet wide are present on both sides of the street. Single-family residences and multifamily residences are located along this block of Sonoma Avenue. The applicant's driveway is approximately 14 feet wide at the driveway approach. The distance to the next driveway approach to the west is approximately 51 feet, with enough space for 2 full parallel parking spaces. The distance to the next driveway to the east is approximately 60 feet, and there is a 9-foot-long section of red curb adjacent to the neighbor's driveway approach, leaving 51 feet of parking space, enough for 2 full parallel parking spaces.

Placing red curb on both sides of this driveway approach would help with the applicant's ability to maneuver in and out of the driveway, as well as improve visibility when exiting the driveway. Staff recommends installing 3 feet of red curb on either side of the driveway at 926 Sonoma Avenue, as it will not reduce the number of parking spots available on the street.

Item 2
Staff received the Traffic Advisory Committee Request Application (attachment 2), dated August 12, 2023, from a resident requesting the installation of a 1.5-foot of red curb on both sides of the driveway at 1677 Vallejo Street. The resident noted the size of the driveway and street parking on both sides of a one-way street which made it difficult to exit and enter the driveway. During the site visit, the applicant stated that maneuvering in and out of the driveway is very difficult with parked cars close to the driveway entrance and directly across from the driveway. It was noted that, due to single-family residences on this block, street parking is limited.

Vallejo Street is classified as a local street, with a posted speed limit of 25 miles per hour (mph) and one-way traffic. Vallejo Street is approximately 26 ft. wide, measured from face of curb to face of curb with parallel parking on both sides of the street.

Sidewalks measuring approximately 3.5 feet wide are present on both sides of the street. Single-family residences are located along this block of Vallejo Street. The applicant's driveway approach width at the curb is approximately 12 feet. The distance to the next driveway approach to the north is approximately 89 feet, with enough space for 4 full parallel parking spaces. The distance to the next driveway to the south is Packet Page 100

Item No. 8.G. Page 3 of 4
approximately 34 feet, with enough space for 1 full parallel parking space.

Placing red curb on both sides of this driveway would help with the applicant's ability to maneuver in and out of the driveway, as well as improve visibility when exiting the driveway. Staff believe that the requested 1.5 feet of red curb would have a minimal benefit to the ingress and egress from the driveway. Instead, staff recommends installing 3 feet of red curb on either side of the driveway at 1677 Vallejo Street, as it will not reduce the number of parking spots available on the street.

Item 3
Staff received the Traffic Advisory Committee Request Application (attachment 3), dated May 7, 2024, from a business owner requesting the installation of red curb on both sides of the two driveways for the Pacific Best Inn at 1141 Fremont Boulevard.

The applicant noted visibility concerns when vehicles park near the driveway, and customer's complaining about difficulty exiting the driveway. During the site visit, it was noted that street parking is limited.

Fremont Boulevard is classified as an arterial street, with a posted speed limit of 30 miles per hour (mph) and two lanes of traffic in each direction. The southbound side of Fremont is approximately 35 ft. wide, measured from face of curb to face of curb with parallel parking on the west side of the street. Sidewalk measuring approximately 6 feet wide is present on the west side of the street. Businesses are located on this block, including multiple motels. The driveway approach on Fremont is approximately 24 feet wide at the curb. The distance to the next red curb section to the south is approximately 37 feet. There is existing red curb to the north of this driveway approach to the corner of Francis Avenue and Fremont. Staff have determined that adding red curb to the south of the driveway approach on Fremont is not necessary, as the street is wide enough to accommodate vehicle egress, and there is already red curb on the north side of the driveway, which allows for adequate visibility for oncoming traffic.

Francis Avenue is classified as a local street, with a speed limit of 25 mph and one lane of traffic in each direction. Francis Ave is approximately 36 feet wide, measured from face of curb to face of curb, with parallel parking on both sides of the street. Sidewalks measuring approximately 5 feet wide are present on both sides of the street. This block of Francis Ave is populated with single family residences and businesses. The driveway on Francis Ave is approximately 18 feet wide at the back of sidewalk, and the approach width at the curb is approximately 22 feet wide. The distance to the next driveway approach to the west is approximately 58 feet, with enough space for 2 full parking spots. The distance to the beginning of the street corner to the east is approximately 89 feet, with enough room for 4 full parallel parking spots. Staff have determined that adding red curb on both sides of the driveway approach would not reduce the number of available parking spots on Francis, and would help with visibility when exiting this driveway. Staff determined that approving up to 5 feet of red curb on either side of the driveway would be appropriate.

Packet Page 101

Item No. 8.G. Page 4 of 4
Staff recommends denying red curb to the south of the Fremont driveway approach, and approving 5 feet of red curb on either side of the Francis Ave driveway approach, at the business located at 1141 Fremont Blvd.

FISCAL IMPACT
The fiscal impact of the following items are as follows:

1. There is no fiscal impact associated with Item 1 - Approve the installation of 3 feet of red curb on both sides of the driveway approach for 926 Sonoma Avenue.

The cost of $522.00 would be paid by the applicant.

2. There is no fiscal impact associated with Item 2 - Approve the installation of 3 feet of red curb on both sides of the driveway approach for 1677 Vallejo Street.

The cost of $522.00 would be paid by the applicant.

3. There is no fiscal impact associated with Item 3 - Approve the installation of 5 feet of red curb on both sides of the Francis Avenue driveway approach for 1141 Fremont Boulevard, while denying red curb for the Fremont Boulevard driveway approach serving the same property. The cost of $522.00 would be paid by the applicant.

ATTACHMENTS

1. Item 1 - 926 Sonoma

2. Item 2 - 1677 Vallejo

3. Item 3 - 1141 Fremont
Reviewed for Submission to the City Council by:

________________________________________
Craig Malin, Interim City Manager
Packet Page 102
Packet Page 103
Packet Page 104
Packet Page 105
View facing property
View from driveway, facing out to street
Packet Page 106
View to the west
View to the east
Packet Page 107
Packet Page 108
Packet Page 109
View facing property
View from driveway, facing out to street
Packet Page 110
View to the north
View to the south
Packet Page 111
Packet Page 112
Packet Page 113
Driveway on Francis Avenue
Francis Avenue looking east
Packet Page 114
Francis Avenue looking west
Driveway on Fremont Boulevard
Packet Page 115
Fremont looking south
Fremont looking north
Packet Page 116

CITY OF SEASIDE

STAFF REPORT
Item No.: 8.H.

TO: City Council
FROM: Craig Malin, Interim City Manager
BY: Dan Meewis, Recreation Director
DATE: August 15, 2024
SUBJECT: ADOPT A RESOLUTION APPROVING THE PLANS AND

SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE STORM DRAIN GRATE UPGRADE
PROJECT - PHASE 2, APPROPRIATING $66,790.08 FROM THE

GENERAL FUND TO THE PROJECT, AND AWARDING A

CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT TO MONTEREY PENINSULA
ENGINEERING FOR AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED $521,900.00

AND TOTAL PROJECT CONSTRUCTION COST INCLUDING
CONTINGENCY OF $600,185.00

RECOMMENDATION
Adopt a resolution approving the plans and specifications for the Storm Drain Grate Upgrade Project - Phase 2; appropriating $66,790.08 from the General Fund to the Project, and awarding a construction agreement to Monterey Peninsula Engineering for an amount not to exceed $521,900.00; establishing a 15% construction contingency for a total project construction amount not to exceed $600,185.00; and authorizing the City Manager to execute the construction agreement and approve any amendments, extensions, and change orders until completion of the project in accordance with the plans and specifications up to the total project construction amount.

BACKGROUND
The Storm Drain Grate Update Project - Phase 2 replaces 69 existing storm grates with new bicycle-compliant storm grates and installs the new grates including concrete and asphalt sawcutting removal and replacement, doweling, re-installation of existing hoods, painting new curbing to match existing paint color, projecting and/or removal/replacement of environmental storm drain placards, providing drainage inlet markers, and other related work.

Packet Page 117

Item No. 8.H. Page 2 of 3
The design was complete, and the Project was released for construction bids on June 20, 2024. Bids were received and opened on July 17, 2024, from the following contractors:

Contractor Bid
Anderson Pacific Engineering Construction $725,440.00
Don Chapin Co. $721,950.00
Monterey Peninsula Engineering $521,900.00
Staff reviewed and evaluated the submitted bids, and it was determined that Monterey Peninsula Engineering is the lowest responsive and responsible bidder with a total bid amount of $521,900.00, and they have the qualifications and experience levels satisfactory to perform all work within the project scope.

The proposed construction agreement with Monterey Peninsula Engineering is for an amount not to exceed $521,900.00. A construction contingency of 15%, or $78,285.00, is appropriate for a project of this scope for a total construction cost of $600,185.00. The Storm Drain Grate Update Project - Phase 2 is in the adopted FY 2024/25 Capital Improvement Program.

On April 6, 2023, Council approved a Professional Services Agreement (PSA) for an amount up to $196,626.00 with Wallace Group for design and construction management services with a 10% contingency ($19,663.00). There is $154, 851.00 remaining on the contract along with the contingency amount. The remaining available budget is $533,394.92. An additional $66,790.08 is needed for construction with contingency.

ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE
Pursuant to preliminary review of the activities associated with this Council action in accordance with Section 15061 of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines, this project is Categorically Exempt (Class1, Section 15301(c) Existing Facilities). The project includes the minor alteration/upgrade of storm drain grates for bicycles to safely ride on them.

FISCAL IMPACT
The current project available budget in account no. 212-8930-9600 is $533,394.92. The additional budget required to deliver the project is $66,790.08 and is proposed to be paid from the general fund's unallocated balance.

ATTACHMENTS

1. Resolution

2. Construction Plans
Packet Page 118

Item No. 8.H. Page 3 of 3

3. Construction Specification

4. Construction Agreement
Reviewed for Submission to the City Council by:

________________________________________
Craig Malin, Interim City Manager
Packet Page 119
Meeting Date: 8/15/24
Item #: X.X.

RESOLUTION NO. 24-XX

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SEASIDE

ADOPT A RESOLUTION APPROVING THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE STORM DRAIN GRATE UPGRADE PROJECT - PHASE 2, APPROPRIATING $66,790.08 FROM THE GENERAL FUND TO THE PROJECT, AND AWARDING A

CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT TO MONTEREY PENINSULA ENGINEERING FOR AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED $521,900.00 AND TOTAL PROJECT
CONSTRUCTION COST INCLUDING CONTINGENCY OF $600,185.00.

WHEREAS, the Storm Drain Grate Upgrade Project - Phase 2 (Project) is an approved City Capital Improvement Project identified in the fiscal year 2024-2025 annual budget; and
WHEREAS, Wallace Group completed design in June 2024; and WHEREAS, the proposed project replaces 69 existing storm grates with new bicycle-compliant storm grates and installs the new grates including concrete and asphalt sawcutting removal and replacement, doweling, re-installation of existing hoods, painting new curbing to match existing paint color, projecting and/or removal/replacement of environmental storm drain placards, providing drainage inlet markers, and other related work; and
WHEREAS, on June 20, 2024, the project was released for construction bids, and on July 17, 2024, three bid were received from Anderson Pacific Engineering Construction, Don Chapin Co., and Monterey Peninsula Engineering; and WHEREAS, Monterey Peninsula Engineering was determined to be the lowest responsive and responsible bid in the amount of $521,900.00; and WHEREAS, an additional amount of $78,285.00 contingency, approximately 15% of the agreement value, should be authorized on an as required basis; and WHEREAS, Monterey Peninsula Engineering has satisfactorily completed similar construction projects as Storm Drain Grate Upgrade Project - Phase 2 in the Monterey Bay area; and
WHEREAS, the other current expenses include the encumbered amount of $154,851.00 for design, design services during construction, construction management and inspection and $19,663 for design and construction management contingency which amount to $174,514.00; and
Packet Page 120
-2
WHEREAS, the current total fiscal year 2024/25 available budget for Storm Drain Grate Upgrade Project - Phase 2 (account no. 212-8930-9600) is $533,394.92; and
WHEREAS, based upon the services necessary for the Project, an additional budget of $66,790.08 is needed for the project for a total project budget of $744,699.00; and
WHEREAS, the project is categorically exempt per Article 19, section 15301(c) of CEQA since the project only includes the minor alteration/upgrade of storm drain grates for bicycles to safely ride on them; and
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the City Council of the City of Seaside does hereby approve the conformed plans and specifications for the Storm Drain Grate Upgrade Project - Phase 2 dated June 2024; and
BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the City Council of the City of Seaside does hereby appropriate $66,790.08 from the General Fund to the Project and award a construction agreement to Monterey Peninsula Engineering for an amount not to exceed $521,900.00; and BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the City Council of the City of Seaside does hereby establish a 15% construction contingency for a total project construction amount not to exceed $600,185.00; and authorize the City Manager to execute the construction agreement and approve any amendments, extensions, and change orders until completion of the project in accordance with the plans and specifications up to the total project construction amount.

PASSED AND ADOPTED at a Regular meeting of the City Council of the City of Seaside duly held on the 15th day of August, 2024, by the following vote:

AYES: COUNCIL MEMBERS
NOES: COUNCIL MEMBERS
ABSENT: COUNCIL MEMBERS
ABSTAIN: COUNCIL MEMBERS
APPROVED:
_______________________________
Ian N. Oglesby, Mayor
ATTEST:
______________________________
Dominique L. Davis, City Clerk
Packet Page 121
-3
APPROVED TO FORM:
______________________________
Sheri L. Damon, City Attorney
Packet Page 122
August 25, 2024
City Council Regular Meeting
Item 8H
Attachment 2 – Construction Plans
Packet Page 123
August 25, 2024
City Council Regular Meeting
Item 8H
Attachment 3 – Construction
Specifications
Packet Page 124
JUNE 2024
Agreement 00 5200 - 1 City of Seaside
Storm Drain Grate Upgrade Project – Phase 2
DOCUMENT 00 5200

AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, dated this 15 day of August, 2024, by and between Monterey Peninsula Engineering, whose place of business is located at 192 Healy Ave., Marina CA 93933 (“Contractor”), and the City of Seaside (“Owner”), acting under and by virtue of the authority vested in Owner by the laws of the State of California.

WHEREAS, Owner, by its Resolution No. 24-___ adopted on the 15 day of August, 2024, awarded to Contractor the following Contract:

CONTRACT NUMBER 212-24-64
STORM DRAIN GRATE UPGRADE PROJECT – PHASE 2
located at

VARIOUS STORM DRAIN/INLET LOCATIONS THROUGHOUT THE CITY OF SEASIDE CA NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, Contractor and Owner agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1 - SCOPE OF WORK OF THE CONTRACT

1.01 Work of the Contract
A. Contractor shall complete all Work specified in the Contract Documents, in accordance with the Specifications, Drawings, and all other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents (Work).

1.02 Price for Completion of the Work
A. Owner shall pay Contractor the following Contract Sum FIVE HUNDRED TWENTY ONE THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED DOLLARS($521,900.00) for completion of Work in accordance with Contract Documents as set forth in Contractor’s Bid, attached hereto.

ARTICLE 2 - COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF WORK

2.01 Commencement of Work
A. Contractor shall commence Work on the date established in the Notice to Proceed.

B. Owner reserves the right to modify or alter the Commencement Date.

2.02 Completion of Work
A. Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work within 180 Calendar Days from the Commencement Date and 15 Working Days following substantial completion to achieve Final Completion.

ARTICLE 3 - PROJECT REPRESENTATIVES

3.01 Owner’s Project Manager
A. Owner has designated Andrew Sterbenz (Schaaf & Wheeler) as its Project Manager to act as Owner’s Representative in all matters relating to the Project.

B. City Manager shall have final authority over all matters pertaining to the Contract Documents and shall have sole authority to modify the Contract Documents on behalf of Owner, to accept work, and to make decisions or actions binding on Owner, and shall have sole signature authority on behalf of Owner.

C. Owner may assign all or part of the Project Manager’s rights, responsibilities and duties to a Construction Manager, or other Owner Representative.

Packet Page 125
JUNE 2024
Agreement 00 5200 - 2 City of Seaside
Storm Drain Grate Upgrade Project – Phase 2

3.02 Architect/Engineer
A. Wallace Group furnished the Plans and Specifications and shall have the rights assigned to Architect/Engineer in the Contract Documents.

ARTICLE 4 - LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY IN COMPLETION OF WORK

4.01 Liquidated Damage Amounts
A. As liquidated damages for delay Contractor shall pay Owner Five Hundred Dollars ($500) for each Day that expires after the time specified herein for Contractor to achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work, until achieved.

B. As liquidated damages for delay Contractor shall pay Owner Five Hundred Dollars ($500) for each Day that expires after the time specified herein for Contractor to achieve Final Completion of the entire Work, until achieved.

4.02 Scope of Liquidated Damages
A. Measures of liquidated damages shall apply cumulatively.

B. Limitations and stipulations regarding liquidated damages are set forth in Document 00 7200 (General Conditions).

ARTICLE 5 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

5.01 Contract Documents consist of the following documents, including all changes, Addenda, and Modifications thereto:

Document Title
00 0115 List of Drawings, Tables and Schedules
00 1113 Notice Inviting Bids
00 2113 Instructions to Bidders
00 3132 Geotechical Data and Existing Conditions
00 4113 Bid Form
00 4314 Bidder Registration Form
00 4330 Subcontractor List
00 4513 Statement of Qualifications
00 4519 Non-Collusion Affidavit
00 4546 Bidder Certifications
00 5100 Notice of Award
00 5200 Agreement
00 5500 Notice to Proceed
00 6113.13 Construction Performance Bond
00 6113.16 Construction Labor and Material Payment Bond 00 6290 Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits in Lieu of Retention 00 6325 Substitution Request Form
00 6530 Agreement and Release of Any and All Claims
00 6536 Guaranty
00 7200 General Conditions
00 7316 Supplementary Conditions – Insurance and Indemnification 00 9113 Addenda
01 1100 Summary
01 2000 Measurement and Payment
01 2600 Modification Procedures
01 3119 Project Meetings
01 3230 Progress Schedules and Submittals
01 3300 Submittals
01 4100 Regulatory Requirements
01 4200 References and Definitions
01 7700 Contract Closeout
Packet Page 126
JUNE 2024
Agreement 00 5200 - 3 City of Seaside
Storm Drain Grate Upgrade Project – Phase 2
39 Asphalt Concrete*
52 Reinforcement*
70-5 Miscellaneous Drainage Facilities*
73 Concrete Curbs and Sidewalks*
75-2 Miscellaneous Iron and Steel*
90-2 Minor Concrete*
*2023 Caltrans Standard Specifications

5.02 There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in Document 00 7200 (General Conditions).

ARTICLE 6 - MISCELLANEOUS

6.01 Terms and abbreviations used in this Agreement are defined in Document 00 7200 (General Conditions) and Section 01 4200 (References and Definitions) and will have the meaning indicated therein.

6.02 It is understood and agreed that in no instance are the persons signing this Agreement for or on behalf of Owner or acting as an employee, agent, or representative of Owner, liable on this Agreement or any of the Contract Documents, or upon any warranty of authority, or otherwise, and it is further understood and agreed that liability of Owner is limited and confined to such liability as authorized or imposed by the Contract Documents or applicable law.

6.03 In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services or materials pursuant to a public works contract, Contractor or Subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. §15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with §16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services or materials pursuant to the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time Owner tenders final payment to Contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties.

6.04 Copies of the general prevailing rates of per diem wages for each craft, classification, or type of worker needed to execute the Contract, as determined by Director of the State of California Department of Industrial Relations, are deemed included in the Contract Documents and on file at Owner’s Office, and shall be made available to any interested party on request. Pursuant to California Labor Code §§ 1860 and 1861, in accordance with the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code, every contractor will be required to secure the payment of compensation to his/her employees. Contractor represents that it is aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and Contractor shall comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Work of the Contract Documents.

6.05 During the term of this Agreement, Contractor warrants that it is currently registered with the Department of Industrial Relations and qualified to perform public work consistent with Labor Code section 1725.5. Contractor further warrants that any subcontractors who are subject to Public Contract code section 4104, are registered and qualified to perform public work consistent with Labor Code section 1725.5.

6.06 This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations.

6.07 This Agreement and the Contract Documents shall be deemed to have been entered into in the County of Monterey, State of California, and governed in all respects by California law (excluding choice of law rules). The exclusive venue for all disputes or litigation hereunder shall be in the Superior Court for the County of Monterey.

Packet Page 127
JUNE 2024
Agreement 00 5200 - 4 City of Seaside
Storm Drain Grate Upgrade Project – Phase 2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement in quadruplicate the day and year first above written.

CONTRACTOR: [CONTRACTOR’S NAME] OWNER: The City of Seaside By: ______________________________ By:
(Signature) (Signature)
______________________________
(Print Name) (Print Name)
Its: _______________________________
Title (If Corporation: Chairman, President Interim City Manager or Vice President)
Attest:

City Clerk Signature
By: ______________________________
(Signature) (Print Name)
______________________________
(Name)
Its: _______________________________
Title (If Corporation: Secretary, Assistant
Secretary, Chief Financial Officer or
Assistant Treasurer

END OF DOCUMENT
Packet Page 128
Packet Page 129
Packet Page 130
Packet Page 131
Packet Page 132
Packet Page 133
Packet Page 134
Packet Page 135
Packet Page 136
Packet Page 137
Packet Page 138
Packet Page 139
Packet Page 140
Packet Page 141
Packet Page 142
Packet Page 143
Packet Page 144
Packet Page 145
Packet Page 146
Packet Page 147
Packet Page 148
Packet Page 149
Packet Page 150
Packet Page 151
Packet Page 152
Packet Page 153
Packet Page 154
Packet Page 155
Packet Page 156
Packet Page 157
Packet Page 158
Packet Page 159
Packet Page 160
Packet Page 161
Packet Page 162
Packet Page 163
Packet Page 164
Packet Page 165
Packet Page 166
Packet Page 167
Packet Page 168
Packet Page 169
Packet Page 170
Packet Page 171

CITY OF SEASIDE

STAFF REPORT
Item No.: 8.I.

TO: City Council
FROM: Craig Malin, Interim City Manager
BY: Nisha Patel, Public Works Director/City Engineer
Leslie Llantero, Assistant Engineer
DATE: August 15, 2024
SUBJECT: ADOPT A RESOLUTION APPROVING AN AMENDMENT TO THE

PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH PARAMETRIX
INC. FOR ADDITIONAL DESIGN SERVICES FOR SAN PABLO

AVENUE TRAFFIC CALMING PROJECT FOR AN AMOUNT NOT TO
EXCEED $15,500.00

RECOMMENDATION
Adopt a resolution authorizing the City Manager to execute an amendment to the professional services agreement with Parmetrix Inc. for additional design services for the San Pablo Avene Traffic Calming Project for an amount not to exceed $15,500.00.

BACKGROUND
The San Pablo Traffic Calming Project (Project) was included in the FY 2024/2025 Capital Improvement Program. An initial evaluation presented to the Traffic Advisory Committee resulted in a recommendation to the City Council to move forward with further evaluation and design of traffic calming improvements on San Pablo Avenue from Mescal Street to General Jim Moore Boulevard. On December 7, 2023, the City Council approved a Professional Service Agreement (PSA) with Parametrix Inc. (Parametrix) for the San Pablo Traffic Calming Work Plan and Design for an amount not to exceed $81,610.00. The scope of services and associated budget in the proposal included; project management, traffic data and collision data review, traffic calming toolkit community survey, development of traffic calming plan, base mapping, 65% and 95% construction documents, final bid set plans, specifications and construction cost estimate, bid support, construction coordination, and public outreach.

Over the course of several months, Parametrix developed the traffic calming toolkit Packet Page 172

Item No. 8.I. Page 2 of 3
community survey and used the results and existing traffic data and collision history to develop the San Pablo Traffic Calming Conceptual Plan (Plan). The Plan was presented to the Traffic Advisory Committee (TAC) on April 23, 2024. The Plan presented included three sets of speed cushions, a set of flushed and raised median islands, red curbs at intersections, painted curb extensions, two high visibility crosswalks, a speed feedback sign placed for traffic traveling in the westbound direction, centerline and edgeline striping, and a realignment redesign and raised median island between Nadina Street and General Jim Moore Boulevard. With TAC input and community support, Parametrix moved forward with the design and construction documents for the Plan.

The cost for the design documents task was estimated in the PSA prior to the results of the community survey and development of the conceptual plan. The original estimated design costs did not account for multiple concept options for median island designs, community requested bulb outs, feedback signs and mountable rubber curbs or the additional topographic surveys required for the realignment and extensive engineering design effort due to the substantial slope differences for ADA curb ramps at the proposed crosswalk locations. These additional design services exceeded the current cost allocated for the design documents task in the PSA and over the approved contingency amount. The construction documents are 65% complete and will require $15,500.00 to complete the 95% construction documents, final bid set plans, specifications and construction cost estimate. The remaining budget in Parametrix's PSA has allocated funds for bid support, construction coordination and contingency.

FISCAL IMPACT
The FY 2024/2025 Adopted Budget for Traffic Calming Project is $1,5839,646.00 for three identified traffic calming projects on San Pablo Avenue, Hilby Avenue, and Baker Street. The total Project PSA budget with Parametrix is $89,771.00, including a 10% contingency. The proposed amendment to Parametrix's professional services agreement for additional design services is $15,500.00. This amount exceeds the contingency amount of $8,161.00. There are enough funds in the Traffic Calming Project account No. 212-8960-9580 to accommodate the additional design services amendment in the amount of $15,500.00.

ATTACHMENTS

1. Resolution

2. Amendment No. 1

3. Conceptual Plan
Reviewed for Submission to the City Council by:

Packet Page 173

Item No. 8.I. Page 3 of 3
________________________________________
Craig Malin, Interim City Manager
Packet Page 174
RESOLUTION NO. 24-XX

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SEASIDE

APPROVING AN AMENDMENT TO THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH PARAMETRIX INC. FOR ADDITIONAL DESIGN SERVICES FOR THE SAN

PABLO TRAFFIC CALMING PROJECT FOR AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED $15,500.00.

WHEREAS, San Pablo Traffic Calming Project is an approved Capital Improvement Program Project identified in the approved FY 2024/2025 Budget; and WHEREAS, the existing Professional Service Agreement (PSA) with Parametrix Inc. included project management, traffic data and collision data review, traffic calming toolkit community survey, development of traffic calming plan, base mapping, 65% and 95% construction documents, final bid set plans, specifications and construction cost estimate, bid support, construction coordination, and public outreach; and WHEREAS, the cost for design document task was estimated in the PSA prior to the results of the community survey and development of the conceptual plan; and WHEREAS, the conceptual plan included three sets of speed cushions, a set of flushed and raised median islands, red curbs at intersections, painted curb extensions, two high visibility crosswalks, a speed feedback sign placed for traffic traveling in the westbound direction, centerline and edgeline striping, and a realignment and raised median island between Nadina Street and General Jim Moore Boulevard; and WHEREAS, the original estimated design costs did not account for multiple concept options for median island designs, community requested bulb outs, feedback signs and mountable rubber curbs or additional topographic surveys required for the realignment and extensive engineering design effort due to the substantial slope differences for ADA curb ramps for the proposed crosswalk locations; and WHEREAS, all these additional design services could not be absorbed by the existing design cost allocated in the PSA and exceed the approved contingency amount; and Meeting Date: 8/15/24
Item X.X
Packet Page 175
WHEREAS, the construction documents are 65% complete and will require $15,500.00 to complete the 95% construction documents, final bid set plans, specifications and construction cost estimate; and
WHEREAS, the remaining budget in the PSA has been reserved for bid support and construction coordination in the amount of $13,701.00 including contingency; and WHEREAS, there is enough funds in the Traffic Calming Project account no. 212- 8960-9580 to accommodate the requested $15,500.00 PSA amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the City Council of the City of Seaside does hereby authorize the City Manager to execute an amendment to the professional services agreement with Parametrix Inc. for additional design services for the San Pablo Avenue Traffic Calming Project for an amount not to exceed $15,500.00 for a total professional services agreement not to exceed $97,110.00.

PASSED AND ADOPTED at a regular meeting of the City Council of the City of Seaside duly held on the 15th day August, 2024, by the following vote:

AYES: COUNCIL MEMBERS:

NOES: COUNCIL MEMBERS:

ABSENT: COUNCIL MEMBERS:

ABSTAIN: COUNCIL MEMBERS:

APPROVED:
________________________________
Ian N. Oglesby, Mayor
ATTEST:
________________________________
Dominique L. Davis, City Clerk
APPROVED TO FORM:

Packet Page 176
________________________________
Sheri L. Damon, City Attorney
Packet Page 177
Packet Page 178
Memorandum
800 Bancroft Way, Suite 203 • Berkeley, CA 94710 | 510.343.6400 | Parametrix.com DATE: July 17, 2024
TO: Leslie Llantero, City of Seaside
FROM: Jimmy Jessup, Parametrix
SUBJECT: Amendment Request for San Pablo Avenue Traffic Calming Project PROJECT NUMBER: 474-8949-005
PROJECT NAME: San Pablo Avenue Traffic Calming Project
Dear Ms. Llantero,
The purpose of this memorandum is to request additional funds to implement delivery of project plans, specifications, and estimate activities outside the scope of the original Design Professional Service Agreement effective December 7, 2023, between the City of Seaside and Parametrix, Inc. for the San Pablo Avenue Traffic Calming Project. The total additional amount requested to cover the additional services is $15,500.

A description of services provided in addition to the original scope of work includes the following:
o Concept design of multiple concept options for painted bulb-out and median island design prior to selection of preferred arrangement, whereas the original scope included incorporation of a single concept.
o Additional fee covering the traffic calming design for the portion of San Pablo Avenue between Nadina Street and General Jim Moore Boulevard. After concluding Task 2 “Review of Collision Data, Traffic Volume, Travel Speeds” and Task 3 “Community Survey,” it was decided by the project team to implement more substantial improvements than were envisioned with the original scope. These activities include:
▪ Concept design of multiple traffic calming design options with varying hardscape and bicycle facility treatments for consideration prior to selecting final design concept
▪ Additional survey subconsultant fee to perform topographic survey for installation of concrete median
▪ Engineering design of selected concept including more substantial improvements than were envisioned with the original scope
o Engineering design and specifications of traffic calming elements different than included in the original scope, but that were requested by public input through Task 3 “Community Survey” (e.g. speed feedback sign, painted bulb-outs, mountable rubber curbs). o Incorporation of detailed engineering plans with the alignment of engineering plans of a separate project for installation of a curb ramp at the northeast corner of San Pablo Avenue and Lincoln Street, the alignment of which required re-engineering of the former concept plans for the median island on the east side of the intersection.

Packet Page 179
July 17, 2024

Page 2 ends

o Alignment of detailed engineering plans with the separate project plans for the Seaside Municipal Water System to Marina Coast Water District Intertie Project, to be executed between Nadina Street and General Jim Moore prior to implementation of the San Pablo Traffic Calming Project.
o Incorporation of curb ramp engineering design with highly sloped sidewalks on San Pablo Avenue, Shawnee Court, and Havana Street. The substantial slope differences between streets at the corners and narrow side street sidewalks at the intersections that were selected by the project team for curb return improvements has required substantially more detailed engineering effort than included in the original engineering estimate.

Parametrix appreciates the willingness of the City to initiate an amendment to address this need of $15,500. Additional funds will be added to Task 5.03: “65% and 95% Plans, Specifications, and Estimates.” This request will allow our team to support the City in execution of the important San Pablo Avenue Traffic Calming project.

We appreciate your consideration of this matter.

Best regards,
Jimmy Jessup
Packet Page 180
0 20' 40'

SAN PABLO AVENUE TRAFFIC CALMING

CITY OF SEASIDE

SAN PABLO AVENUE TO GENERAL JIM MOORE AVENUE
Packet Page 181

CITY OF SEASIDE

STAFF REPORT
Item No.: 8.J.

TO: City Council
FROM: Craig Malin, Interim City Manager
BY: Mary Gutierrez, Fire Chief
Jessica Riley, Assistant Finance Director
DATE: August 15, 2024
SUBJECT: ADOPT A RESOLUTION APPROVING THE PURCHASE OF A

REPLACEMENT PIERCE FIRE ENGINE FOR THE FIRE
DEPARTMENT IN THE AMOUNT OF $1,032,072.23 FROM

GOLDEN STATE FIRE APPARATUS AND AUTHORIZE STAFF TO

PROCEED WITH A LEASE-PURCHASE FINANCING

RECOMMENDATION
Approve purchase of a replacement fire engine for the fire department through Golden State Fire Apparatus for the amount of $1,032,072.23 and authorize staff to proceed with the lease-purchase of the Pierce fire engine.

BACKGROUND
The Fire Department needs to replace a type one engine (E04). The engine in service at this time is a type 1 Pierce. It was purchased in 2007. It is 17 years old. By the time the fire department receives delivery of the engine being requested, the engine will be 20 years old. It currently has 66,994 miles and 7,343.1 engine hours. According to the National Fire Protection Association Guideline 1901 Standard for Automotive Fire Apparatus: “It is recommended that apparatus greater than 15 years old that have been properly maintained and that are still in serviceable condition be placed in reserve status”. The type 1 fire engine will take approximately four (4) years to be built and delivered. The engine being replaced will be evaluated at that time for reserve status or whether it should be sold or donated. Due to the fact that fire apparatus idle for a considerable periods of time, engine hours play an important role when making a decision to replace a piece of equipment. (Engine 03 had 96,723.9 miles and 11,091.1 engine hours when it was replaced.)
Packet Page 182

Item No. 8.J. Page 2 of 2
The fire department received a new Pierce Fire Engine in May of 2024. This Type 1 Fire Engine allowed the fire department to place one of the 2008 engines into reserve status.

The purchase of a second type 1 fire engine is critical to ensuring timely emergency response by ensuring the department has a fleet of appropriate fire apparatus that are mechanically sound and available to respond without mechanical issues.

On August 6, 2024, Golden State Fire Apparatus provided a purchase proposal for one Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Type 1 Engine for $1,032,072.23 under Sourcewell contract #113021-OKC. The contract expires September 20, 2024. The contract is attached to this agenda item.

Sourcewell is a Minnesota Service Cooperative governed by Minnesota Statute 123A.21 with the authority to develop and offer, among other services, cooperative procurement services to its membership.

FISCAL IMPACT
Staff received a quote for a Pierce Fire Engine from Golden State Fire Apparatus, a Sourcewell approved vendor. The cost of the Fire Engine is $1,032,072.23. This price includes a discount of $137,984.00 for prepayment at the time of order, sales tax of $87,182.73, a California Tire fee of $10.50, and a 100% performance bond cost of $2,363.00.

The fire engine will be financed over a period of ten (10) years through PNC Equipment Finance on a lease purchase agreement. The annual lease payments will be approximately $132,151.00 annually. The lease payments plus an additional prepayment amount for the fire engine purchase have been budgeted in the 2024-25 Adopted Budget. Additionally, the lease purchase documents will be presented at the September 5, 2024 meeting.

ATTACHMENTS

1. Seaside Proposal Package

2. Resolution
Reviewed for Submission to the City Council by:

________________________________________
Craig Malin, Interim City Manager
Packet Page 183
PREPARED ESPECIALLY FOR:

CITY OF SEASIDE
One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.

Enforcer 1500 GPM Type 1 Engine

Packet Page 184
Product Proposal
Standard Terms and Conditions (Exhibit A)
Product Specifications (Exhibit B)
▪ Supporting Documents (If Applicable)
◦ Electrical Analysis
◦ Turning Radius Report
Product Warranties (Exhibit C)
Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services (Exhibit D)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 2
3 4
5 goldenstatefire.com
Packet Page 185
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP
PRODUCT 1 PROPOSAL
Packet Page 186

OPTION A
100% PRE-PAYMENT
This will be the price of the Product(s)
contingent upon the Customer paying the
Grand Total Purchase Price to GSFA within
thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date
pursuant to the Payment Terms
Please note this discount is also available contingent upon a Third Party (Leasing Company) paying 100% of the Grand Total Purchase Price on behalf of the Customer to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date pursuant to the Payment Terms

IF YOU ELECT THIS OPTION,

IT RESULTS IN A SAVINGS OF
($151,111.52) OFF

OF THE GRAND TOTAL OF OPTION B
Packet Page 187
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of Seaside
1635 Broadway Avenue
Seaside, CA 93955
Sales Consultant
Rich Myers
[email protected]
Mobile: (831) 251-8931
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the "Product”) to CITY OF SEASIDE (“Customer”) for consideration. This proposal (this “Product Proposal”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Agreement”). Through its signature below or other Acceptance (as defined on page 2), Customer acknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement. The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing in the signature blocks below (the “Executed Date”).

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date. If payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price is late, a late fee as specified in section 6 of the Terms and Conditions may be applied, and the Prepayment Discount may be adjusted, and the Grand Total Purchase Price increased in accordance with section 2.c of the Terms and Conditions. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions.

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 08/06/2024 09/20/2024 70806-24A 951 Pierce
Manufacturing Inc.

Sourcewell #113021-
OKC, ID #259,
Member # 17733

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Type 1 Engine 1,080,500.00 B Pre-Payment Discount for 100% Payment at Time of Order (the “Prepayment Discount”) (137,984.00) C SUBTOTAL 942,516.00
D 9.25% State Sales Tax 87,182.73
E California Tire Fee 10.50
F 100% Performance Bond 2,363.00
G GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 1,032,072.23
Packet Page 188
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing, the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 35.5 to 38.5 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PREDELIVERY SERVICE – If applicable, after transportation from the manufacturing facility and prior to final delivery or pick up, the Product shall receive those additional Products and/or services identified on the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List. It is estimated that such a service will add approximately 0.5 to 1 MONTH(S) to the above Product completion estimate. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PROPOSAL EXPIRATION – This Product Proposal supersedes any previous proposal(s) presented to Customer by GSFA and its employees and may be accepted by Customer on or before the Expiration Date identified above. Unless accepted by the Expiration Date, GSFA reserves the right to withdraw this Product Proposal or to alter its terms (including by providing updated Product pricing) prior to an order being accepted.

PURCHASE ORDER – Any PO shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

ACCEPTANCE – ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROPOSAL CREATES AN ENFORCEABLE BINDING AGREEMENT BETWEEN GSFA AND CUSTOMER. “ACCEPTANCE” MEANS THAT THE CUSTOMER DELIVERS TO GSFA: (A) A SIGNED COPY OF THIS PRODUCT PROPOSAL, OR (B) A SIGNED COPY OF A PURCHASE ORDER INCORPORATING THE AGREEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER CONTAINED IN CUSTOMER’S FORMS OR OTHERWISE PRESENTED BY CUSTOMER AT ANY TIME, ARE HEREBY REJECTED AND OF NO EFFECT UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING SIGNED BY GSFA.

COUNTERPARTS - This Product Proposal may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original (including copies sent to a party by electronic transmission) as against the party signing such counterpart, but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signed copy of this Product Proposal delivered by facsimile, email or other means of electronic transmission will be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Product Proposal.

If this Product Proposal is returned to GSFA with the signature of Customer’s authorized representative but without an attestation or co-signers signature, then absent Customer’s written notice to the contrary, GSFA shall be entitled to rely on such single signature as sufficient evidence of the signatory’s authority to execute the Agreement and bind Customer thereby.

INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 08/06/2024, GSFA Proposal Number 70806-24A to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA __________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Signature of Authorized Customer Representative Signature of Authorized GSFA Representative __________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Print Name Print Name
__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Title Title
__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Date Date
Packet Page 189

OPTION B

PAYMENT AT TIME OF DELIVERY OR PICKUP
This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent
upon the Customer paying the Grand Total
Purchase Price to GSFA at time of delivery or pickup
pursuant to the Payment Terms

Packet Page 190
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA no later than the time of GSFA’s delivery of the applicable Product to Customer’s address listed above (or Customer’s pick up of such Product at GSFA’s facilities, if approved by GSFA). GSFA shall have no obligation to deliver, or permit pick up of the Product if the Customer does not have full payment ready when the Product is complete and ready to deliver or pick up, as applicable. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions.

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing, the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 08/06/2024 09/20/2024 70806-24B 951 Pierce
Manufacturing Inc.

Sourcewell #113021-
OKC, ID #259,
Member # 17733

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Type 1 Engine 1,080,500.00 B 9.25% State Sales Tax 99,946.25
C California Tire Fee 10.50
D 100% Performance Bond 2,727.00
E GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 1,183,183.75
Packet Page 191
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 35.5 to 38.5 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PURCHASE ORDER – Any PO shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 08/06/2024, GSFA Proposal Number 70806-24B to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

STANDARD TERMS

AND CONDITIONS
Exhibit “A”
2 Packet Page 193
1 STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. Definitions.

a. “Agreement” has the meaning given in the Product Proposal. b. “Customer” means the customer identified in the Product Proposal. c. “Dealer Preparation,” if applicable, means additional product(s) and/or services added by GSFA after Manufacturer’s completion of the Product and prior to delivery, in accordance with the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List.
d. “Delivery Date” means the Product Completion timeframe plus the Predelivery Service timeframe equals the Delivery Date.
e. “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List” means the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services List attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit D, which reflects all Dealer Preparation under the Agreement absent a valid Change Order(s).
f. “Grand Total Purchase Price” means the total purchase price for the Product identified in the Product Proposal (subject to any adjustments required or permitted by these Terms and Conditions, including by the execution of a valid Change Order(s).
g. “GSFA” means Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., a California corporation. h. “Manufacturer” means the person or persons, company, firm, corporation, partnership, or other organization identified in the Product Proposal as responsible for manufacturing the Product. i. “Party” or “Parties” means GSFA and/or Customer, as applicable. j. “Predelivery Service” means the Products and/or Services that will be provided by GSFA after transportation of the Product(s) from the manufacturing facility and prior to Final Delivery or Pick-Up. k. “Prepayment Discount” means a discount to the purchase price for the Product granted to Customer in connection with Customer’s advance payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price (or portion thereof, as specified in the Product Proposal).
l. “Product” means the fire apparatus(es) and any associated equipment listed in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications.
m. “Product Completion” means the fire apparatus(es) in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications being ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility. n. “Product Proposal” means the GSFA proposal executed by Customer to which these Terms and Conditions are attached.
o. “Product Warranties” means the Manufacturer warranties for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit C.
p. “Specifications” means the specifications for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit B. q. “Terms and Conditions” means these Standard Terms and Conditions, which are attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit A.

2. Purchase and Payment.
a. Purchase. Customer agrees to purchase the Product at the Grand Total Purchase Price (as such amount may be adjusted in accordance with these Terms and Conditions), pursuant to the payment terms set forth in the Product Proposal. The Grand Total Purchase Price is payable in U.S. dollars. b. Contingency Reserve Fund. The Grand Total Purchase Price may include an amount to be set aside for the purpose of funding any future costs or financial obligations incurred by Customer under the Product Proposal or any valid Change Order(s) (the “Contingency Reserve Fund”). If applicable, the amount of any required Contingency Reserve Fund will be set forth in either the Product Proposal or Exhibit D. The Contingency Reserve Fund may be withdrawn against by Customer or GSFA for the purpose of satisfying Customer’s payment obligations under the initial Product Proposal or any valid Change Order(s) (including, without limitation, a Change Order submitted by GSFA pursuant to Section 8.b). If a Contingency Reserve Fund is required under the Agreement, the amount of such fund is not intended as an estimate of the actual additional costs of contingencies, Change Orders, unforeseen items Packet Page 194
2 or other required work that may be incurred under the Agreement after submission of the Product Proposal to Customer, which amounts Customer acknowledges may exceed the Contingency Reserve Fund amount. The balance of any Contingency Reserve Fund will be credited against Customer’s payment obligations, or otherwise returned to Customer within thirty (30) calendar days of delivery of all Products under the Agreement (provided that Customer has paid all amounts owed under the Agreement as of such date). c. Prepayment Discount. If GSFA has granted Customer a Prepayment Discount, Customer must provide each associated prepayment (each, a “Prepayment”) within the time frame specified in the Product Proposal in order to receive such discount. Customer’s failure to timely make such Prepayment may result in: (i) GSFA’s termination of the Agreement; and/or (ii) Customer’s loss of the Prepayment Discount for the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price represented by such outstanding Prepayment and the application of a late fee as set forth in Section 6, in each case in GSFA’s sole discretion.
d. State Sales Tax. Customer shall be responsible for the cost of state sales tax associated with, or attributable to, the Product. The taxes stated in the Product Proposal are subject to adjustment for the applicable state sales tax rate in effect at the time of delivery. Therefore, the sales tax set forth on the Product Proposal is only an estimate of such taxes and will be increased or decreased at the time of delivery if a change in the applicable sales tax rate has occurred, in which case Customer shall pay GSFA (or be refunded by GSFA) the difference in the applicable sales tax.

3. Product Completion Date. Within thirty (30) calendar days of the date on which the last required signatory executes the Product Proposal (such date, the “Executed Date”), GSFA shall submit to Customer a tentative Product completion date (which may differ from the Product completion estimate contained in the Product Proposal). Due to global supply chain constraints, any Product completion date contained herein, or in the Product Proposal, or otherwise provided to Customer, is a good faith estimate only as of the date provided to Customer, and merely an approximation based on current information available to GSFA and Manufacturer. Customer shall not be entitled to rely on any such estimate, and GSFA shall have no liability to Customer for a failure by GSFA or Manufacturer to meet any such estimate. All Product completion estimates are subject to modification and, if applicable, GSFA will provide updates to such estimates to Customer when available.

4. Stock / Demo Units. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Agreement (including Section 12 hereof concerning warranties), any Products constituting stock/demo unit(s) are sold to Customer on an as-is, first-come and first served-basis and GSFA makes no further representation or warranty to any customer with respect to such unit(s). Regardless of the terms of the Product Proposal, GSFA shall only be obligated to sell such stock/demo unit(s) to the first customer to enter into a purchase agreement with GSFA identifying such unit(s), and after the execution by GSFA of such agreement any subsequent purchase agreement (including the Agreement, as applicable) shall have no further force or effect with respect to such unit(s).

5. Multiple Unit Purchase. If the Grand Total Purchase Price includes pricing for multiple Products, the Product price stated in the Product Proposal shall only be valid if the quantity of Products being proposed are purchased at the same time, pursuant to the same Agreement. GSFA shall have no obligation to offer the same price for any Product if purchased by Customer pursuant to a later purchase agreement.

6. Late Fee; Storage Fee. A late fee equal to 0.033% of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price will be charged per calendar day for overdue payments beginning ten (10) calendar days after the payment is due and continuing for the first thirty (30) calendar days thereafter. After such thirty (30) calendar day period, the late fee shall increase to 0.044% per calendar day until payment of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price is received. If Customer is unable to satisfy the delivery requirements hereunder or is unwilling to take delivery of the Product, then GSFA shall be entitled to a storage charge running from the earlier of: (i) the date of delivery agreed to between GSFA and Customer (provided GSFA is willing and able to deliver the Product on such date), or (ii) twenty-one (21) calendar days after GSFA notifies Customer that the Product is available for delivery. The storage charge is equal to: (i) $175.00 per calendar day per apparatus stored, or (ii) the actual charges incurred by GSFA with a third party for storage of the Product, whichever is greater. Such storage charge shall continue until the actual time Packet Page 195
3 of delivery and Customer’s possession of the Product, and any such storage by GSFA or such third party shall be at the sole risk of Customer.

7. Delivery; Inspection and Acceptance.
a. Delivery. Subject to Section 5 hereof, the Product is scheduled to be delivered to the location and within the time period specified in the Product Proposal. Such delivery date is an estimate, and GSFA is, notwithstanding this Section 7.a, not bound to such date unless it otherwise agrees in a separate writing to complete delivery by a date certain. For the avoidance of doubt, GSFA is not responsible for delivery delays caused by or because of actions, omissions or conduct of Customer, the Manufacturer, or their respective employees, affiliates, suppliers, contractors, and carriers. Risk of loss for the Product shall pass to Customer at the point and time of delivery (which shall include an attempted delivery by GSFA which cannot be completed due to any act of Customer). However, title to the Product shall only pass to Customer upon delivery if Customer has then fully paid GSFA all amounts due hereunder (including additional amounts due under any valid Change Order). Absent GSFA’s separate written agreement, which it may or may not provide in its sole and absolute discretion, delivery of the Product will not occur before Customer has fully paid all amounts due under the Agreement and provided proof of insurance reasonably satisfactory to GSFA. If GSFA permits Customer to take possession of the Product, Customer may not mount equipment, conduct training, or place the Product into service until all amounts due under the Agreement have been paid. If Customer has ordered multiple Products, GSFA reserves the right to deliver such Products in installments and to separately invoice Customer for such Products.
b. Inspection and Acceptance. Upon delivery, Customer shall have ten (10) calendar days within which to inspect the Product for substantial conformance to the Specifications, and in the event of substantial nonconformance to the Specifications to furnish GSFA with written notice sufficient to permit GSFA to evaluate such non-conformance (“Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications”). Contingent upon part availability and Customer’s cooperation, any Product not in substantial conformance to material Specifications shall be remedied by GSFA (by repair or replacement, at GSFA’s election) within thirty (30) calendar days from GSFA’s receipt of the Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications. In the event GSFA does not receive a Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications within ten (10) calendar days of delivery, the Product will be deemed to be in conformance with Specifications and accepted by Customer.

8. Changes to Agreement Terms.
a. Change Orders. The Customer may request that GSFA incorporate a change to the Product or the Specifications for the Product, or GSFA may submit changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (pursuant to Section 8.b or otherwise) by delivering a written Change Order to the other party hereto, which shall include a description of the proposed change sufficient to permit the receiving party to evaluate such change (either, a “Change Order”). For any Change Order submitted by Customer, GSFA will provide Customer a written response (a “Response”) stating (i) whether GSFA will accommodate such Change Order (which GSFA may decide in its sole and absolute discretion); and (ii) the terms of the modification to the order, including any increase or decrease in the Grand Total Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, a date on which any increase in the Grand Total Purchase Price must be paid, and an estimate of any effect on production scheduling or delivery resulting from such Change Order. Customer shall have seven (7) calendar days after receipt of the Response to notify GSFA as to whether Customer desires to make the changes GSFA has approved in the Response. In the event Customer countersigns GSFA’s Response, Customer shall pay the increase (or be refunded the decrease) in the Grand Total Purchase Price by the date specified in the Response. GSFA may also send Customer a Change Order to account for any changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (including those changes required pursuant to Section 8.b hereof), and such Change Order shall be effective upon delivery to Customer unless Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement in accordance with Section 9.

Packet Page 196
4 b. Additional Changes.
i. Component Price Volatility; Increases Imposed by Manufacturer. GSFA shall not be responsible for (i) any unforeseen price increase or surcharge enacted by suppliers of major components of the Product (including but not limited to commercial chassis, engine, transmission, and fire pump); or (ii) price increases imposed on GSFA by Manufacturer pursuant to Manufacturer’s terms and conditions for sale of the Product (a “Manufacturer Price Increase”), after Customer becomes bound by the Agreement. Customer shall be responsible for all amounts arising from any price increases for major components of the Product (including all associated taxes and fees thereon) for the Product or any Manufacturer Price Increases occurring after the execution of the Agreement which increases the cost of the Product to GSFA, and such amounts will be documented on a Change Order adjusting the Grand Total Purchase Price accordingly. Customer shall pay any such price increase prior to Product delivery. A Manufacturer Price Increase may include, but shall not be limited to, an increase in Product price resulting from an increase in the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing (see www.bls.gov Series ID: WPUID6112) in excess of a compounded annual growth rate of five percent (5%), as measured between the month Manufacturer accepts the applicable Product order and the month that is fourteen (14) months prior to the then-current estimated Product completion date (the foregoing, a “PPI-Based Price Increase”). If, upon Customer’s receipt of a Change Order reflecting a PPI-Based Price Increase, Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product Order in accordance with Section 8.b.iii rather than pay such increase, then in lieu of the cancellation fees described in Section 9.a hereof GSFA shall be entitled to recover and Customer shall pay GSFA’s actual non-reimbursable costs incurred in connection with the Product order through the date of Customer’s termination of such Product order. ii. New Legal Standards. In the event the Product design, materials or specifications require an alteration arising from new regulations issued by any governmental entity or trade association, including, but not limited to, the NFPA, DOT, and EPA, and such alteration increases the cost of the Product to GSFA, Customer shall be responsible for changes to the Grand Total Purchase Price arising from such alteration. GSFA shall promptly notify Customer when it becomes aware of any potential or required change in regulations occurring prior to delivery that would impact the Product purchased.
iii. Change Orders. Customer shall execute any Change Order submitted by GSFA documenting any of the changes required or permitted by Sections 8.b.i and 8.b.ii above (which shall, to the extent practicable, itemize any increases in the Grant Total Purchase Price and specify a commercially reasonable date by which Customer must pay such increase), unless Customer instead elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement within fifteen (15) calendar days of Customer’s receipt of such Change Order and in accordance with Section 9.

Absent such a termination, failure to execute a Change Order does not alter Customer’s obligations under this Section 8.b.
c. Changes in Commercial Specifications. Specifications for all components of the Product manufactured by companies other than the Manufacturer are subject to change without notice. Specifications for such components will be as available at the time of manufacture of the Product. GSFA shall not be liable for any deviations in such specifications arising from a substitution of components or changes in the design of any component by their original manufacturer.

9. Termination.
a. By Customer. Customer may terminate a Product order identified in the Product Proposal or a Change Order by providing written notice to GSFA in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If Customer elects to terminate a Product order, Customer shall pay GSFA a cancellation fee as follows: (a) after the Product order is accepted and entered by GSFA, 10% of the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price applicable to such Product (including all associated taxes, fees and costs) (such amount, the “Product Purchase Price”); (b) after completion of the preconstruction phase of the order process, 20% of the Product Purchase Price; and (c) after the requisition of any materials or commencement of any manufacturing or assembly of the Product by either GSFA or Manufacturer but before substantial completion of such Product, 50% of the Product Purchase Price. Customer shall not be permitted to terminate a Product order after substantial completion of manufacturing and assembly of such Product (excluding Packet Page 197
5 any Dealer Preparation or other pre-delivery services or untypical Product customization, if applicable).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the applicable tier of cancellation fee is not sufficient to cover all actual costs and fees incurred by GSFA with Manufacturer in connection with Customer’s termination of the Product order (“Manufacturer Termination Fees”), then in addition to such cancellation fee Customer shall pay the balance of all Manufacturer Termination Fees. If Customer received a Prepayment Discount, such discount shall not be considered for the purpose of calculating the above cancellation fee. The tier of cancellation fee applicable to any cancellation, as well as the determination of whether a Product has reached substantial completion, shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of GSFA. Customer may request a fee waiver, and GSFA, in its sole discretion, may agree to waive and/or adjust such fee. GSFA will return the balance of the Grand Total Purchase Price or Product Purchase Price, as applicable, within thirty (30) calendar days of the effective date of the cancellation of the Product order or termination of the Agreement.

Customer may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by GSFA after providing GSFA with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following GSFA’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as GSFA has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable.
b. By GSFA. GSFA may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by Customer after providing Customer with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following Customer’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as Customer has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA may terminate the Agreement effective immediately upon written notice to Customer for Customer’s failure to pay any amount owed under the Agreement when due.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if Customer terminates a Product order in accordance with Section 9.a above, GSFA may elect to instead terminate the Agreement upon notice to Customer in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If GSFA terminates the Agreement in accordance with this Section 9.b, Customer shall pay the applicable tier of cancellation fee for all Products pursuant to Section 9.a above as if Customer had elected to terminate each applicable Product order.
c. Based on Discontinuation or Cancellation by Manufacturer. In the event that Manufacturer cancels a Product order (provided that such cancellation is not the result of an act by Customer in violation of the Agreement) or discontinues the manufacture of a Product prior to its completion and delivery: (i) if such Product is the only Product contemplated under the Agreement, then the Agreement shall terminate; or (ii) if additional Products are contemplated under the Agreement, then only the Product order for the applicable cancelled or discontinued Product shall be terminated. Such Agreement termination or Product termination, as applicable, shall be effective upon GSFA’s written notice to Customer of such cancellation or discontinuance in accordance with Section 16 hereof.

GSFA’s only obligation to Customer in such event shall be the return of any Prepayment paid by Customer for the cancelled or discontinued Product. For the avoidance of doubt, the cancellation fees contemplated in Section 9.a hereof shall not apply in the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 9.c.

10. Customer’s Obligations. Customer shall provide its timely and best efforts to cooperate with GSFA and Manufacturer during the Product manufacturing process. Reasonable and timely cooperation includes, without limitation, Customer’s providing timely information in response to any requests from Manufacturer or GSFA and the participation of Customer’s authorized representatives in traveling to Manufacturer’s facility for inspections and approval of the Product, including a final approval before the Product leaves Manufacturer’s facility.

11. Representations and Warranties. Customer hereby represents and warrants to GSFA as of the Executed Date that the execution of the Agreement and the purchase of the Product(s) and performance of the other obligations Packet Page 198
6 of Customer under the Agreement have been approved by Customer in accordance with applicable general laws and, as applicable, Customer’s charter, ordinances, purchasing policies, and other governing documents, and executed by the appropriate Customer employees, officials, and/or representatives, and funding for Customer’s performance of its obligations under the Agreement has been duly budgeted and appropriated by Customer.

12. Standard Warranty. All applicable Manufacturer warranties are contained in the Product Warranties. Any additional warranties must be expressly approved in a writing signed by GSFA, and Customer acknowledges and agrees that Manufacturer will not be liable for any such additional warranties. a. Disclaimer. OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT, GSFA, ITS AFFILIATES, AND THEIR

RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SHAREHOLDERS, AGENTS, OR REPRESENTATIVES, DO NOT MAKE

ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT (WHETHER RELATING TO THE CONDITION

OR QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT, OR OTHERWISE) PROVIDED HEREUNDER OR OTHERWISE REGARDING THE

AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WITH RESPECT TO ANY APPLICABLE DEALER PREPARATION), WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABILITY, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT, THE

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED.

STATEMENTS MADE BY SALES CONSULTANTS OR IN PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE WARRANTIES. b. Exclusions of Incidental and Consequential Damages. In no event shall GSFA be liable for consequential, incidental, or punitive damages incurred by Customer in connection with any matter arising out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, even if GSFA has been advised of the possibility of such damages, and regardless of whether such damages arise out of breach of warranty, the Agreement, indemnity, whether resulting from nondelivery or from GSFA’s own negligence, or otherwise, except and solely to the extent such damages arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of GSFA.

13. Default. The occurrence of one or more of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall constitute a default under the Agreement: (a) Customer’s failure to pay any amounts due or to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (b) GSFA’s failure to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (c) either Party becoming insolvent or becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (d) any representation made by either Party under the Agreement which is false in any material respect; (e) any action by Customer to dissolve, merge, consolidate or transfer a substantial portion of its property to another entity during the term of the Agreement; (f) any other material breach of the terms of the Agreement by a Party; or (g) a default or breach by Customer under any other agreement with GSFA or its affiliates.

14. Indemnification of GSFA. Customer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless GSFA, its agents, servants, successors and assigns from and against all losses, damages, injuries, claims, demands and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses, of whatever nature (“Damages”), to the extent Damages arise out of or in connection with: (i) Customer’s breach of the Agreement, or (ii) Customer’s use, storage, or operation of the Product following delivery, regardless of where, how, and by whom operated (excluding any negligent operation by GSFA).

The indemnification and assumptions of liability and obligation herein provided shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the termination of the Agreement, whether by expiration of time, by operation of law or otherwise.

This provision is not intended to and shall not constitute the exclusive remedy of the Parties under the Agreement; the Parties may seek indemnity from one another under other legal principles, whether based in equity or law, so long as they do not nullify or cancel the effects of this paragraph.

15. Force Majeure. GSFA shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default of any provision of the Agreement on account of delays in performance due to causes which are beyond GSFA’s or Manufacturer’s control and which make GSFA’s performance impracticable, including but not limited to wars, insurrections, strikes or labor unrest, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of federal, state or local government, failure or delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor, supplies or manufacturing facilities, supply chain issues, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed Packet Page 199
7 products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terrorism, failure of transportation, disease, pandemics or epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of this clause) to perform their agreements or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work.

16. Notice. Any notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder must be given in writing at the address of each Party set forth below, or to such other address as either Party may substitute by written notice to the other in accordance with this Section 16, by one of the following methods: hand delivery; registered, express, or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or nationally recognized private express courier. All such communications will be deemed to have been given: (i) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (ii) on the third (3rd) calendar day after the date mailed, by registered, express or certified mail; or (iii) when delivered by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized private express courier.

GSFA: CUSTOMER:

Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. To the address listed in the Product Proposal 7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828

17. Contradictions. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement and any Change Order, or between Change Orders, the terms of the latest executed Change Order shall control.

18. Manufacturer’s Statement of Origin. It is agreed that the manufacturer’s statement of origin (“MSO”) for the Product covered by the Agreement, if applicable, shall be retained and remain in the possession of GSFA per California Department of Vehicles (DMV) directives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA shall provide Customer with the original MSO if the Customer is self-registering, and Customer shall comply with all good-faith Process of Duty and other DMV requirements applicable to the Product and retain its own MSO.

19. Assignment. The relationship of the Parties established under the Agreement is that of independent contractors and neither Party is a partner, employee, agent, or joint venturer of or with the other. Neither Party may assign its rights and obligations under the Agreement unless it has obtained the prior written approval of the other Party.

20. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Disputes. Without regard to any conflict of laws provisions, the Agreement is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California. Prior to taking any legal action that may and/or can arise out of the Agreement, the Parties shall first attempt mediation with an agreed upon mediator. If the Parties cannot agree upon a mediator within thirty (30) calendar days of the submission of written notice of a dispute in accordance with Section 16 hereof, if any disputed matter remain unresolved within thirty (30) calendar days of the commencement of discussions, or if any party refuses to meet, then either party may submit any remaining disputes concerning and/or claim regarding the Agreement and/or the terms and conditions herein to the Superior Court, County of Sacramento (and the parties expressly consent to exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue before such court).

21. Entire Agreement; Amendments. The Agreement, including the Product Proposal, its exhibits, and all valid Change Orders, is the exclusive agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter contained herein and therein. No change in, modification of, or revision of the Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of both Parties with authority to sign such amendments to the Agreement.

END OF STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Packet Page 200
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

SPECIFICATIONS
Exhibit “B”
3 Packet Page 201
Proposal Details Report
OptionCode Type Option ProposalText
0766611 Boiler Plates, Pumper

GSFA is pleased to submit a proposal to the City of Seaside Fire Department for a Pierce® triple combination pumper per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed. This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.

PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 62,500 apparatus, including more than 33,900 on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 105 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of land.

Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification.

In accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.

Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1-2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000 and is performed to American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.

Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.

In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to ensure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand.

That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.

To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least twenty (20) fire departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.

DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to ensure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered.

MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.

SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39-minute, professionally produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. A link to the video is also available on the Pierce Training website. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.

PERFORMANCE TESTS
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The 8/5/2024
Customer: City of Seaside FD Bid Number: 951
Representative Myers, Rich Job Number:

Requirements Manager: Organization: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc Description: Seaside FD Enforcer Pumper (d
Chassis: Enforcer Chassis
Body: Pumper, Medium, Aluminum, 2nd Gen
Bid #: 951 1
Packet Page 202
transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle.

The apparatus will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards acceleration and braking requirements.

SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by GSEVS by operating a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within one hundred fifty (150) miles of the fire department.

In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000 square feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000 in parts dedicated to service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.

Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes.

As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operator's manual library is available for easy reference.

Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel, dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a 24 hour 7 day a week toll free hot line, four (4) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.

LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance:

Each Occurrence $1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000
General Aggregate $2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract.

COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form:

Each Accident Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Aggregate: $3,000,000
Each Occurrence: $3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER

PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance:

Each Occurrence $1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer.

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Each Occurrence: $25,000,000
Aggregate: $25,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met.

Bid #: 951 2
Packet Page 203
Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder. 0661794 Single Source Compliance

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pumphouse (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) and body will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality.
0584456 Manufacture Location, Appleton,
Wisconsin
Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452 RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin

0588609 Vehicle Destination, US
0670275 Unit to be Similar in some Aspects,
Excluding Pump Panel

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match the 39846. However, some variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering. Revisions in NFPA guidelines and/or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit.
0764706 SP BMP Truck- Pre-Approval at Bid -
Approved Option will be Required at
Booking
0816491 Comply NFPA 1900 Changes
Effective Jan 1, 2024, With
Exceptions
NFPA 2024 STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2024, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than 48.00" above the ground must be defined by a 1.00" wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.
0533347 Pumper/Pumper with Aerial Device
Fire Apparatus
0588611 Vehicle Certification, Pumper

Bid #: 951 3
Packet Page 204
0661778 Agency, Apparatus Certification,
Pumper/Tanker, U.L.

NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".

PUMP TEST
Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the pump. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the pump manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department.

GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the generator. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.

BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and have the sample certified that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, Standard on Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 0816495 Certification, Vehicle Inspection
Program, NFPA 1900

VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA 1900 standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus.

A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. 0766110 Consortium, Sourcewell

0537375 Unit of Measure, US Gallons

0030006 Bid Bond Not Requested

BID BOND NOT REQUESTED
A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply:

All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5 percent bid bond to accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S.

Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.

Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail.
0816571 Performance Bond, 100% with 25%
Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment
Bond, PPI Terms
PERFORMANCE BOND, 1 YEAR
The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.

Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to 25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (1) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter.

Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible.

If the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing [www.bls.gov Series ID:

WPUID6112] ("PPI") has increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 5.0% or more between the month Pierce accepts the order ("Order Month") and a month 14 months prior to the then predicted Ready For Pickup date ("Evaluation Month"), then pricing may be updated in an amount equal to the increase in PPI over 5.0% for each year or fractional year between the Order Month and the Evaluation Month.

The seller will document any such updated price for the customer's approval before proceeding and provide an option to cancel the order.

Bid #: 951 4
Packet Page 205
0000007 Approval Drawing APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.

A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0002928 Electrical Diagrams ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. 0649754 Enforcer Chassis

ENFORCER CHASSIS
The Pierce Enforcer™ is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab.
0000110 Wheelbase WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 191.50.
0000070 GVW Rating GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be 53,800#.
0729280 Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375,
Enforcer
FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat-treated 0.38" thick steel with 3.50" wide flanges.
0020018 Frame Liner Not Req'd

0629940 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non
Drive, 22,800 lb, Enforcer

FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE
The Oshkosh TAK-4® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 22,800 lb.

Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of 100,000-psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of 55,000-psi yield ductile iron.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000-psi yield strength steel.

Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.

There will be nine (9) grease fittings supplied, one (1) on each control arm pivot and one (1) on the steering gear extension.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load.

Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.

The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided.

The wheel ends will have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The axle will have a turning angle of up to 45 degrees.

Bid #: 951 5
Packet Page 206
0010427 Suspension, Front TAK-4, 22,800 lb,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/Enf/SFR

FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Oshkosh TAK-4™ independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 22,800 lb.

The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims.

One can adjust for a lean within 15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side.

The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000 miles of inner city driving.
0087572 Shock Absorbers, KONI, TAK-4,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF/Enf

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS
KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension. 0000322 Oil Seals, Front Axle FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0899438 Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor MAX
MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply

FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Goodyear 425/65R22.50 radials, 20 ply Armor Max MSA, rated for 22,800 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed.
0604672 Wheels, Front, Accuride, 22.50" x

12.25", Steel, Hub Pilot
The tires will be mounted on Accuride® 22.50" x 12.25" steel disc type wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle.
0530461 Axle, Rear, Meritor RS30-185, 31,000
lb, Saber/Enforcer

REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Meritor™, Model RS-30-185, with a capacity of 31,000 lb. 0818721 Top Speed of Vehicle, 68 MPH/109
KPH, Non-NFPA/ULC 2024

TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
NFPA 1900 and ULC 515, 2024 edition requires limits on the top speed of vehicles. NFPA 7.16.1 requires that the maximum top speed of fire apparatus with a GVWR over 33,000 lb will not exceed either 68 mph or the manufacturer's maximum fire service speed rating for the tires installed on the apparatus, whichever is lower. NFPA 7.16.2 requires that if the combined water tank and foam agent tank on the fire apparatus exceed 1250 gallons or the GVWR of the vehicle is over 50,000 lb, the maximum top speed of the apparatus will not exceed either 60 mph or the manufacturer's maximum fire service speed rating for the tires installed on the apparatus, whichever is lower. It is the intention of the standard to improve safety by limiting the speed of all apparatus to 68 mph, and tankers or heavy apparatus to 60 mph. By requesting an exception to this requirement, the purchasing authority is consciously choosing to operate their apparatus at speeds above the limits designated as safe speeds by the NFPA Technical Committee on Fire Department Apparatus.

The top speed of the apparatus as manufactured exceeds the NFPA requirements. Per fire department specification of a top speed that exceeds NFPA requirements, the apparatus will be non-compliant to NFPA 1900 and ULC 515 standards at time of contract execution.

The rear tires being specified have a top speed limit of 68 mph / 109 kph from the tire manufacturer.
0635109 Suspen, Rear, Single Slipper Spring,
31,000 lb, Saber FR/Enforcer

REAR SUSPENSION
The rear suspension will be Standens, semi-elliptical, 3.00" wide x 52.50" long, with a ground rating of 31,000 lbs. The spring hangers will be castings.

The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin, and the rear of the spring will be a slipper style end that will ride in a rear slipper hanger.

A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication.
0000485 Oil Seals, Rear Axle

REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).
0585004 Tires, Rear, Goodyear, G289 WHA,
315/80R22.50, 20 ply, Single

REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be four (4) Goodyear 315/80R22.50 radials with 20 ply G289 WHA tread, rated for 36,360 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed.
0654797 Wheels, Rear, Accuride, 22.50" x

9.00", Steel, Hub Pilot, Single

The tires will be mounted on Accuride® 22.50" x 9.00" steel disc type wheels with a ten (10) stud,

11.25" bolt circle.

Bid #: 951 6
Packet Page 207
0568081 Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads

TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights.
0688595 Tire Pressure Monitoring System, Not
Required With Crossfire Monitoring
System
0801909 Lug Nut, Covers, Chrome

CHROME LUG NUT COVERS
Chrome lug nut covers will be supplied on front and rear wheels. 0003245 Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S,
Front Axle

FRONT HUB COVERS
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided.
0531133 Axle Hub Covers, Rear, S/S, High
Hat, Real Wheel (Pair)
HUB COVERS (rear)
A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs. The covers will be manufactured by Real Wheels, Inc, and will come with the standard warranty. 0002045 Mud Flap, Front and Rear, Pierce
Logo

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. 0739705 SP Tire, "Crossfire" Air Pressure
Equalization, 120 PSI

AIR PRESSURE TIRE EQUALIZATION
A Crossfire air pressure equalization system will be provided on the rear dual wheels. This system will equalize the tire air pressure in the rear duals and indicate over or under inflation. It will be set at 120 PSI.
0544802 Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding,
(Up to 44" Diameter Tires)

WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be one (1) pair of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided.
0544806 Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-
E, Folding, Horizontal
Wheel Chock Brackets
There will be one (1) pair of Zico, Model SQCH-44-H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The brackets will be mounted forward of the left side rear tire below compartment LS3. 0820509 ESC/ABS/ATC Wabco Brake
System, Single Rear Axle, NFPA
1900/ULC

ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL
A vehicle control system will be provided as an integral part of the ABS brake system from Meritor Wabco.

The system will monitor and update the lateral acceleration of the vehicle and compare it to a critical threshold where a side roll event may occur. If the critical threshold is met, the vehicle control system will automatically reduce engine RPM, engage the engine retarder (if equipped), and selectively apply brakes to the individual wheel ends of the front and rear axles to reduce the possibility of a side roll event.

The system will monitor directional stability through a lateral accelerometer, steer angle sensor and yaw rate sensor. If spinout or drift out is detected, the vehicle control system will selectively apply brakes to the individual wheel ends of the front and rear axles to bring the vehicle back to its intended direction.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco 4S4M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS will provide a four (4) channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit will then reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control.

AUTOMATIC TRACTION CONTROL
An anti-slip feature will be included with the ABS. The Automatic Traction Control will be used for traction in poor road and weather conditions. The Automatic Traction Control will act as an electronic differential lock that will not allow a driving wheel to spin, thereby supplying traction at all times. The ABS electronic control unit (ECU) will work with the engine ECU, sharing information concerning wheel slip. Engine ECU will use information to control engine speed, allowing only as much throttle application as required for the available traction, regardless of how much the driver is asking for. An "off road traction" switch will be provided on the instrument panel. Activation of the switch will allow additional tire slip to let the truck climb out and get on top of deep snow or mud.

Bid #: 951 7
Packet Page 208
0030185 Brakes, Knorr/Bendix 17", Disc,
Front, TAK-4
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type.

The front brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance.

The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance. 0803729 Brakes, Meritor, Cam, Rear, 16.50 x

8.63" No Dust Shield
The rear brakes will be Meritor™ 16.50" x 8.63" cam operated with automatic slack adjusters.

Dust shields cannot be provided.
0020784 Air Compressor, Brake,
Cummins/Wabco 18.7 CFM

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR
The air compressor will be a Cummins/WABCO with 18.7 cubic feet per minute output. 0637584 Brake Reservoirs, 5,376 Cubic Inch
Minimum Capacity, Saber
FR/Enforcer

BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:

Brake treadle valve
Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
Total air system minimum capacity of 5,376 cubic inches Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi
Spring set parking brake system
Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa) 1/4 turn drain valves on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test.

The air tanks will be painted same as frame color.

To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. 0568012 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver
1200, Heater, 2010

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be WABCO System Saver 1200 with spin-on coalescing filter cartridge and 100 watt heater.
0000790 Brake Lines, Nylon BRAKE LINES
Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. 0617799 Inlet/Outlet, Air, w/Disconnect Fitting,
1/4 Turn Valve, Location

AIR INLET/OUTLET
One (1) air inlet/outlet will be installed with the female coupling located LOWER LEFT LS PUMP PANEL. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include a check valve in the inlet line and an 85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line. The air outlet will be controlled by a 1/4 turn valve.

A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment.

The air inlet will allow a shoreline air hose to be connected to the vehicle. This will allow station air to be supplied to the brake system of the vehicle to insure constant air pressure. 0675244 All Wheel Lock-up, Single Prk Brk
Control

ALL WHEEL LOCK-UP
An all wheel lock-up system will be installed which will apply air to the front brakes and use the spring brake at the rear.

Front brakes will apply when standard rear parking brake control valve is activated.

Bid #: 951 8
Packet Page 209
0812267 Engine, Cummins X15, 500 hp, 1850
lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Enforcer
ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:

Make:

Cummins®
Model:

X15
Power:
500 hp at 1700 rpm
Torque:
1850 lb-ft at 1150 rpm
Governed Speed:
2100 rpm
Emissions Level:

EPA 2027
Fuel:

Diesel
Cylinders:

Six (6)
Displacement:
912 cubic inches (14.9L)
Starter:

Delco 39MT+™
Fuel Filters:

Frame mounted spin-on style filter from Cummins®.

The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.

The engine will be filled with FA-4 10W30 oil as required by Cummins. 0811409 Not Required, Engine Contingency
Adjustment
0730808 Filters, Remote Mounted, Oil, Fuel,
X15, VEL/AXT/Enf

REMOTE MOUNTED ENGINE FILTERS
The engine fuel and oil filters will be remote mounted for ease of maintenance. 0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine,
Custom

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 0687994 Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression
Brake, Cummins Engine

ENGINE BRAKE
A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver.

The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting.

The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released.

The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine.

The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated.

The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. 0552334 Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Horton
Drive Master

CLUTCH FAN
A Horton® fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and fully engaged in "Pump" position. 0644573 Air Intake, Water & Ember Screen,
Saber FR/Enforcer

ENGINE AIR INTAKE
The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille.

The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entering the engine.

The ember separator will be easily accessible by tilting the cab.

Bid #: 951 9
Packet Page 210
0814375 Exhaust System, Horizontal, Right
Side

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the engine's aftertreatment device.

The exhaust system will include an aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and the aftertreatment device to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab.

The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels and will be flush with the body rub rail. The exhaust pipes will be aluminized steel.

There will be an aluminized steel exhaust diffuser reduced to 5.00" in the center to accommodate the fire department's air recovery system with a standard straight tip on the end provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. 0788765 Radiator, Saber FR/Enforcer

RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes.

The radiator core will have a minimum front area of 1060 square inches.

Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass-reinforced nylon and the return tank will be made of aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability.

The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain.

The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap.

A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 0001090 Cooling Hoses, Rubber

COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing.

Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose.
0001125 Fuel Tank, 65 Gallon, Left Side Fill

FUEL TANK
A 65 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps.

A 0.75" drain plug will be located in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side of the body and is covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." A 0.50" diameter vent will be installed from tank top to just below fuel fill inlet.

The fuel tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume.
0001129 Lines, Fuel All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 0758657 DEF Tank, 8.0 Gallon, LS Fill, Rear
of Rear Axle, Common Door

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
An 8.0 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body rearward of the rear axle.

A 0.50" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be provided and marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only". The fill inlet will be located adjacent to the engine fuel inlet behind a common hinged, spring loaded, painted door on the left side of the vehicle.

The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing.

The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing.
0723716 Fuel Priming Pump, Electronic,
Automatic, Cummins, No Swt Req'd

FUEL PRIMING PUMP
A Cummins automatic electronic fuel priming pump will be integrated as part of the engine. 0582243 Shutoff Valves, Fuel Line @ Primary
Filter, Cummins

FUEL SHUTOFF
A fuel line shutoff valve will be installed on both the inlet and outlet of the primary fuel filter. 0553019 Cooler, Engine Fuel, Imp/Vel,
SFR/Enf

FUEL COOLER
An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line.

Bid #: 951 10
Packet Page 211
0578959 Fuel/Water Separator, Racor Inline

FUEL SEPARATOR
The engine will be equipped with a Racor in-line spin-on fuel and water separator in addition to the engine fuel filters.
0801886 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4500 EVS P,
Imp/Vel/Enf

TRANSMISSION
An Allison 6th generation, Model EVS 4500P, electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission will be provided.

Two (2) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and 1 o'clock).

A transmission temperature gauge with amber light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel.
0632720 SP Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, THandle, 4500 EVS 0684459 Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine,
External

TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.
0801876 Fluid, 4000 Series Trans, Allison
Approved TES-668 Synthetic, IPOS,
Custom

TRANSMISSION FLUID
The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES-668 heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid.
0001375 Driveline, Spicer 1810 DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810 universal joints.

The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.

A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 0669988 Steering, Sheppard M110 w/Tilt,
TAK-4, Eaton Pump, w/Cooler

STEERING
Dual Sheppard, Model M110, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and an Eaton, Model VN20, hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.

A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations.
0605356 Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke without
Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer

STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 4- spoke design.
0690274 Logo/Emblem, on Dash

LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH
The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row.

The first row of text will be:  SEASIDE
The second row of text will be:  FIRE
The third row of text will be:  BLANK
0606557 Bumper, 13" Extended, Saber
FR/Enforcer
BUMPER
A one (1) piece, ten (10) gauge, 304-2B type polished stainless steel bumper, minimum of 10.00" high, will be attached to a bolted modular extension frame constructed of 50,000 psi tensile steel "C" channel mounted directly behind it to provide adequate support strength.

The bumper will be extended 13.00" from front face of cab.

Gravel Pan
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face. The gravel pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration of the aluminum treadplate.
0639017 Tray, Hose, Center, 13" Bumper,
Outside Air Horns

CENTER HOSE TRAY
A hose tray, constructed of aluminum, will be placed in the center of the bumper extension.

The tray will have a capacity of 70' of 1.75" double jacket cotton-polyester hose.

Black rubber grating will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes are also provided. 0624826 Hose Restraint, Bumper Tray, 2.00"
Straps, Fasteners, Pair
Center Hose Tray Restraint
There will be one (1) pair of hose tray restraint straps located over the center mounted tray.

The restraints will be 2.00" wide black nylon straps with seat belt buckle fasteners provided. The straps will be used to secure the hose in the tray.

Bid #: 951 11
Packet Page 212
0778092 Lift & Tow Package, Enforcer

LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS
Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems.

The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame. 0002270 Tow Hooks, Chrome

TOW HOOKS
Two (2) chromed steel tow hooks will be installed under the bumper and attached to the front frame members. The tow hooks will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 6,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow hooks will not be used for lifting of the apparatus.
0698960 Coating, Top Flange, Front Bumper,
Outside Exterior, UL-LX Coating,
Black

FRONT BUMPER UL-LX COATING
Protective black UL-LX® coating will be provided on the outside exterior of the top front bumper flange. It will not be sprayed on the underside of the flange.

The lining will be properly installed by an authorized UL-LX dealer. 0648332 Cab, Enforcer, 7010

CAB
The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder.

The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.

For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards.

The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of solid A356-T5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be constructed from 0.13" wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two (2) 2.00" x 2.00" outer aluminum extrusions and two (2) 2.00" x 1.00" inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to 4.625" x 3.864" x 0.090" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a 0.25" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.

The front of the cab will be constructed of a 0.13" firewall plate, covered with a 0.090" front skin (for a total thickness of 0.22"), and reinforced with a full width x 0.50" thick cross-cab support located just below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A-pillar, the 0.13" firewall plate, and the front skin.

The cab floors will be constructed of 0.125" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an additional 0.25" thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of 0.375" of structural material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two (2) triangular

0.30" wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.

The cab will be 96.00" wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability.

The centerline of front axle to the rear of the cab will be 70.00" long.

The forward cab section will have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately 99.00". The crew cab section will have a 10.00" raised roof, with an overall cab height of approximately 109.00". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.

The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be 64.50" in the center and outboard positions.

The crew cab floor will measure 46.00" from the rear wall to the back side of the rear facing seat risers.

The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure 61.50" to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure 51.50" to the rear wall.

The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.

The cab will be a full tilt cab style.

A 3-point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof.

FENDER LINERS
Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.

PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (1)-piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775 square inches of clear viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (3) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements.

The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab.

Bid #: 951 12
Packet Page 213
0727969 Engine Tunnel, X15, Foil Insulation
w/Mech Fasteners, Enforcer

ENGINE TUNNEL
Engine tunnel side walls will be constructed of 0.375" aluminum. The top will be constructed of

0.125" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room.

The engine tunnel will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. Perforated foil faced insulation will be over a 1.00" thick closed cell foam affixed with pressure sensitive adhesive and further secured with mechanical fasteners. Thermal rating for this insulation will be -40 degrees Fahrenheit to 300 degrees Fahrenheit. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The engine tunnel will be no higher than 18.00" off the crew cab floor. 0887601 Cab Insulation, Enforcer/Saber FR INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab will include 1.00" insulation in the ceiling, 1.50" insulation in the side walls, a minimum of

1.00" insulation in the crew cab floor, and 2.00" insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation.
0633594 Rear Wall, Interior, Adjustable
Seating

INTERIOR CREW CAB REAR WALL ADJUSTABLE SEATING (PATENT PENDING) The interior rear wall of the crew cab will have mounting holes every 2.75" to allow for adjustability of the forward facing crew cab seating along the rear wall. Seats will be adjustable with use of simple hand tools allowing departments flexibility of their seating arrangement should their department needs change.
0632103 Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. 0639727 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override,
Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves.

Hydraulic pump will have a manual override for backup in the event of electrical failure.

Lift controls will be located on the right side pump panel or front area of the body in a convenient location.

The cab will be capable of tilting 43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal.

The cab will be locked down by a 2-point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position.

The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position.

For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.

Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. 0751131 Grille, Bright Finished, Painted Mesh
Screen, Front of Cab, Enforcer
GRILLE
An aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab. The mesh screen will be painted black #101. 0647932 Not Required, Trim, S/S Band,
Across Cab Face,
AXT/Saber/Enforcer
0015440 No Chrome Molding, On side of cab

0569263 Mirrors, Retrac, West Coast Style,
Remote, w/Remote Convex

MIRRORS
A Retrac Aerodynamic, Model 613295, dual vision, motorized, west coast style mirror with chrome finish will be mounted on each side of the front cab door with spring loaded retractable arms. The flat glass and convex glass will be adjustable with a remote control within reach of the driver.

Bid #: 951 13
Packet Page 214
0648170 Door, Half-Height, Saber FR/Enforcer
4-Door Cab, Raised Roof
DOORS
To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab door openings will be a minimum of

37.50" wide x 63.37" high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of 34.30" wide x 73.25" high.

The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of 0.093". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum.

A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be chrome/black. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.

A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.

A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry.

A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.

The bottom cab step at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab.
0655543 Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel,
Saber/Enforcer 4-Door Cab
Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. 0630636 Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows,
4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber
FR/Enforcer

ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS
All four (4) cab doors will be equipped with electric operated windows with one (1) flush mounted automotive style switch on each door. The driver's door will have four (4) switches, one (1) to control each door window.

Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second. 0638310 Steps, 4-Door Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 25.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 21.65" wide with a 10.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 16.50" in height.

The vertical surfaces of the step well will be aluminum treadplate. 0770200 Handrail, Exterior, Hansen, Knurled,
Alum, LED Backlit, 4-Door Cab

CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A Hansen knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. Each handrail will be provided with blue LED lights. The lights will be activated when the cab or crew cab doors are opened and when the parking light switch is activated and the parking brake is applied. The LED lights may be load managed.
0892638 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps,
P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts

STEP LIGHTS
There will be six (6) white LED step lights with chrome housing installed for cab and crew cab access steps.

One (1) light for the left access steps.

Two (2) lights for the left side crew cab access steps.

Two (2) lights for the right side crew cab access steps.

One (1) light for the right side access step.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened. 0583698 Fenders, S/S on cab, Extra Wide,
Saber/Enf

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 0557023 Handrail, 10", Below Cab Windshield,
Pair

HANDRAILS BELOW CAB WINDSHIELD
A 10.00" long x 1.25" diameter handrail will be mounted below the front cab windshield, one (1) on each side. The handrails will be extruded aluminum with a ribbed design to provide a positive gripping surface.

Bid #: 951 14
Packet Page 215
0042105 No Windows, Side of Crew Cab

0012090 Not Required, Windows, Front/Side
of raised roof
0779036 Windows, Rear CC, (2) 14.75" x

7.25", Saber FR/Enforcer

REAR WALL WINDOWS
There will be two (2) windows, located one (1) each side, on the rear wall of the crew cab. The windows will measure 14.75" wide x 7.25" high.
0894089 Dash, Heavy Duty Metal, Enforcer

CAB DASH
The driver side dash, switch panel located to the right of the driver, and center console will be constructed of metal and painted to match the cab interior.

The officer side dash will be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

The instrument gauge cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument gauge cluster.
0634206 Mounting Provisions, 1/4" Alum, Full
Engine Tunnel, Saber FR/Enforcer

MOUNTING PLATE ON ENGINE TUNNEL
Equipment installation provisions will be installed on the engine tunnel.

A 0.25" smooth aluminum plate will be bolted to the top surface of the engine tunnel. The plate will follow the contour of the engine tunnel and will run the entire length of the engine tunnel. The plate will be spaced off the engine tunnel 1.00" to allow for wire routing below the plate.

The mounting surface will be painted to match the cab interior. 0750824 Cab Interior, Vinyl Headliner, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CARE

CAB INTERIOR
The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service.

The engine tunnel will be padded and covered, on the top and sides, with red 36 ounce leather grain vinyl resistant to oil, grease, and mildew.

For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be painted aluminum.

The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling.

The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs.

All wiring will be placed in metal raceways.

CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be 36 oz red vinyl.
0753903 Cab Interior, Paint Color, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted red, vinyl texture paint.

The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint. 0052100 Floor, Rubber Padded, Cab & Crew
Cab, Saber/Enforcer

CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp™ acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler.

The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a 0.25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels.

Bid #: 951 15
Packet Page 216
0722038 HVAC, Heavy-Duty, Enforcer, w/X15,
CARE

DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.

Cab Defroster
A 54,000 BTU heater-defroster unit with 690 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:

One (1) adjustable outlet directed towards the left side cab window.

One (1) adjustable outlet directed towards the right side cab window.

Six (6) fixed outlets directed at the windshield.

The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield.

The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements.

Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be one (1) 31,000 BTU auxiliary heater with 560 SCFM of air flow provided in the left side rear facing seat riser with a dual scroll blower. An aluminum plenum incorporated into the cab structure used to transfer heat to the forward left side position.

Air Conditioning
A 19.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine.

A roof-mounted condenser with a 78,000 BTU output at 2,400 SCFM that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. The condenser cover to be painted to match the cab roof.

The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes.

The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours.

The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel.

The evaporator will include one (1) high performance heating core, one (1) high performance cooling core with (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The rear plenum will be covered with a metal cover painted to match the cab interior.

The evaporator unit will have a 52,000 BTU at 690 SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:

Four (4) outlets directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab.

Four (4) outlets directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following:

Minimum of five (5) outlets directed towards crew cab area.

A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be hinged with two (2) thumb latches.

The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified technician.

Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (3) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and air flow distribution (front to rear) control.

The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.

The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.

Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to 100 percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.

The system controller will be located within panel position #12.

Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (2) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (2) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan.

No pumps will be provided.
0624005 Sun Visor, Vinyl/Fabric, AXT, Qtm,
SFR/Enf

SUN VISORS
There will be two (2) vinyl covered sun visors provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab.

There will be a black plastic thumb latch provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position.
0622887 Grab Handles, Driver Door Post,
Officer Door Post Low, Saber
FR/Enforcer

GRAB HANDLE
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The officer's side grab handle will be mounted on the lower portion of the door post. The grab handle will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield.
0583938 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto
Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen, Model 3SC0CDCR, 12 volt DC, 3.00" white LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination.

These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised.

Bid #: 951 16
Packet Page 217
0631830 Fluid Check Access, Saber
FR/Enforcer, Arrow XT

ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface.

The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling.

The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) Southco C2 black powder coated raised trigger latch will be provided on the access door. 0583042 Side Roll and Frontal Impact
Protection

CAB SAFETY SYSTEM
The cab will be provided with a safety system designed to protect occupants in the event of a side roll or frontal impact, and will include the following:

A supplemental restraint system (SRS) sensor will be installed on a structural cab member behind the instrument panel. The SRS sensor will perform real time diagnostics of all critical subsystems and will record sensory inputs immediately before and during a side roll or frontal impact event.

A slave SRS sensor will be installed in the cab to provide capacity for eight (8) crew cab seating positions.

A fault-indicating light will be provided on the vehicle's instrument panel allowing the driver to monitor the operational status of the SRS system.

A driver side front air bag will be mounted in the steering wheel and will be designed to protect the head and upper torso of the occupant, when used in combination with the 3-point seat belt.

A passenger side knee bolster air bag will be mounted in the modesty panel below the dash panel and will be designed to protect the legs of the occupant, when used in combination with the 3-point seat belt.

Air curtains will be provided in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs to provide a cushion between occupant and the cab wall.

Suspension seats will be provided with devices to retract them to the lowest travel position during a side roll or frontal impact event.

Seat belts will be provided with pre-tensioners to remove slack from the seat belt during a side roll or frontal impact event.

Frontal Impact Protection
The SRS system will provide protection during a frontal or oblique impact event. The system will activate when the vehicle decelerates at a predetermined G force known to cause injury to the occupants. The cab and chassis will have been subjected, via third party test facility, to a crash impact during frontal and oblique impact testing. Testing included all major chassis and cab components such as mounting straps for fuel and air tanks, suspension mounts, front suspension components, rear suspensions components, frame rail cross members, engine and transmission and their mounts, pump house and mounts, frame extensions and body mounts. The testing provided configuration specific information used to optimize the timing for firing the safety restraint system. The sensor will activate the pyrotechnic devices when the correct crash algorithm, wave form, is detected.

The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a frontal or oblique impact event:

Driver side front air bag
Passenger side knee bolster air bag
Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position Seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place Side Roll Protection
The SRS system will provide protection during a fast or slow 90 degree roll to the side, in which the vehicle comes to rest on its side. The system will analyze the vehicle's angle and rate of roll to determine the optimal activation of the advanced occupant restraints.

The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a side roll:

Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position Seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place 0622617 Seating Capacity, 6 Seats

SEATING CAPACITY
The seating capacity of the vehicle (including tiller cab and belted seat positions in the rescue body) will be six (6).
0766159 Seat, Driver, USSC, Valor, P1A, Air
Ride, I-Back, Safety, PRIMARY,
SFR/Enf

DRIVER SEAT
A USSC Valor air suspension I-back seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel).

To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back, adjustable from 15 degrees back to 15 degrees forward.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated in the event of a side roll, this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position.

Shipped loose with the seat will be no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.

Bid #: 951 17
Packet Page 218
0887436 Seat, Officer, USSC, Valor, P1A, Air
Ride, SCBA, Safety, PRIMARY, Enf
X15

OFFICER SEAT
A USSC, P1A, SCBA air suspension seat will be provided in the cab for the officer. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep cushion. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the height (3.00" travel).

The seat back will be an SCBA back style with 5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 0.75" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt and then retract the seat to its lowest travel position.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.

Shipped loose with the seat will be no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers. 0002517 Not Required, Radio Compartment
0893909 SP Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 26.75 W x
20 H x 23 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf

REAR FACING LEFT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the left side outboard position.

The cabinet will be 26.75" wide x 20.00" high x 23.00" deep.

The cabinet will include no adjustable shelves or traysin the cabinet interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

The cabinet will provide access only from outside the cab with one (1) reverse hinged double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #751 key. The door will be located on the side of the cab over the wheelwell. A pneumatic stay arm will be provided as a door stop. The clear door opening will be 17.00" wide x 17.50" high.

The exterior access will be provided with a brushed stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the exterior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0102783 Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C,
Center
0727359 SP Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 26.75 W x
20 H x 22 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf

REAR FACING RIGHT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the right side outboard position.

The cabinet will be 26.75" wide x 20.00" high x 22.00" deep.

The cabinet will include no adjustable shelves or traysin the cabinet interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

The cabinet will also provide access from outside the cab with one (1) reverse hinged double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #751 key. A pneumatic stay arm will be provided as a door stop. The exterior clear door opening will be 17.00" wide x 17.50" high.

The exterior access will be provided with a brushed stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the exterior cabinet door opening. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0757156 Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, LS Otbrd,
USSC, Valor,IBack,Foldup,Safety,SECONDARY,S
FR/Enf

FORWARD FACING LEFT SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing, USSC Valor foldup seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, and to maximize accessibility to the crew cab, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep cushion. The seat back will be an I-back style with an adjustable recline angle. To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with a sensor in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating the seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.

Shipped loose with the seat will be no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers. 0795034 Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, Ctr, (2) USSC,
Valor, SCBA, Safety, SECONDARY,
SFR/Enf

FORWARD FACING CENTER SEATS
There will be two (2) forward facing, USSC Valor seats provided at the center position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seats will be provided with a 15.00" deep foam cushion.

The seat backs will be an SCBA style with 90 degree back. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 0.75" increments to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt.

The seats will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.

Shipped loose with the seats will be no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers.

Bid #: 951 18
Packet Page 219
0757157 Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, RS Otbrd,
USSC, Valor,IBack,Foldup,Safety,SECONDARY,S
FR/Enf

FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing, USSC Valor foldup seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with a 17.00" deep cushion. The seat back will be an I-back style with an adjustable recline angle.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt around the occupant to firmly hold them in place in the event of a side roll.

Shipped loose with the seat will be no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0782746 Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All Vinyl,
USSC

SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be leather grain red vinyl resistant to oil, grease and mildew. The cab will have six (6) seating positions.
0543991 Bracket, Air Bottle, Hands-Free II,
Cab Seats

AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a "Hands-Free" auto clamp style bracket in its backrest.

For efficiency and convenience, the bracket will include an automatic spring clamp that allows the occupant to store the SCBA bottle by simply pushing it into the seat back. For protection of all occupants in the cab, in the event of an accident, the inertial components within the clamp will constrain the SCBA bottle in the seat and will exceed the NFPA standard of 9G.

There will be a quantity of three (3) SCBA brackets.
0735335 Door, Access, Front, (1) Rear Facing
Seat Risers, No Heater

ACCESS DOOR
An access door will be provided in the front edge of the right side rear facing seat riser with a drop down door. The drop down door will be provided with a Southco C2 black powder coated raised trigger latch and painted to match the cab interior. There will be no louvers. 0603866 Seat Belt, Dual Retractor,
ReadyReach, Saber FR/Enforcer

SEAT BELTS
All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red seat belts. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and CAN/ULC - S515 standards.

The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.

The 3-point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.

Any flip up seats will include a 3-point shoulder type belts only.

To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. 0817557 Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024

HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, section 11.1.8.4.1 and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2, requires a location for helmet storage be provided.

There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets.
0647647 Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts CAB DOME LIGHTS There will be four (4) dual LED dome lights with grey bezels provided. Two (2) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab.

The color of the LED's will be red and white.

The white LED's will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch.

The color LED's will be controlled by the lens switch.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each white LED dome light will provide a minimum of

10.1 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 20.00" x 20.00" square seating position when mounted

40.00" above the seat.
0896451 Enhanced Software for Cab and
Crew Cab Dome Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR CAB AND CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS
The cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for 10 seconds for improved visibility after the doors are closed.

The dome lights will dim after 10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's transmission is put into gear.
0816997 Portable Hand Light, Provided by Fire
Dept, NFPA/ULC 2024

PORTABLE HAND LIGHTS PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The hand lights are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount these hand lights.
0603606 Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges,
Chrome Bezels, Enf MUX

CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel will include gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lamps, control Bid #: 951 19
Packet Page 220
switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.

Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) ivory faced gauges with chrome bezels to monitor vehicle performance:

Voltmeter gauge (volts):

Low volts (11.8 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
High volts (15.5 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low volts (11.3 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very high volts (16.0 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale)
Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fuel (1/8 full)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low fuel (1/32 full)
Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI):

Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fluid (1/8 full)
Amber indicator light in gauge dial
All gauges will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.

The following amber telltale lamps will be present:

Low coolant
Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission
Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat
Air rest (air restriction)
Caution (triangle symbol)
Water in fuel
DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
Trailer ABS (where applicable)
Wait to start (where applicable)
HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) Side roll fault (where applicable)
Front air bag fault (where applicable)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:

Warning (stop sign symbol)
Seat belt
Parking brake
Stop engine
Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:

Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:

High beam
Bid #: 951 20
Packet Page 221
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.

Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.

Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.

Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights.

Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use.

Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided.

The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove-out on the telltale indicators and alarms for 3 to 5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists.

Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system.

Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation.

Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column.

Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.

Windshield wiper control will include low, high and intermittent modes.

Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight will be provided.

Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.

Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.

High idle engagement switch: A momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged.
"OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement.

Emergency switching will be controlled by multiple individual warning light switches for various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included.

An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground.

Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six (6) switch panels in the overhead visor console. All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions.

Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic panel will include the following:

Engine diagnostic port
Transmission diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic port
Roll sensor diagnostic port
Command Zone USB diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display
A digital four (4)-row by 20-character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel. The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a Bid #: 951 21
Packet Page 222
dedicated function. The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.

The upper right section will display the following, along with other configuration specific information:

Odometer
Trip mileage
PTO hours
Fuel consumption
Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist.
0509511 Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel,
AXT, Dash CF, Enf MUX

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided.
0543751 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus

"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On."
The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a steady tone alarm when the parking brake is released.
0509042 Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color
Dsply,

DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone™, color display located within sight of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).

The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):

Do Not Move Truck
DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open)
PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open)
PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)
Rear Body Door Open
DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down)
Deck Gun Not Stowed
Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed)
Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
Stabilizer Not Stowed
Steps Not Stowed
Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged.
0611683 Switching, Cab Instrument Lower
Console & Overhead, Membrane,
Enforcer WiFi MUX

SWITCH PANELS
The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight (8) membrane-type switches each rated for one million (1,000,000) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (8) switch assignments will include non-functioning black appliqués. The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab.

Additional switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position(s) above the windshield or in designated locations on the lower instrument panel layout.

The switches will be membrane-type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated and illuminated green whenever the switch is active. An active illuminated switch will flash when interlock requirements are not met or device is actively being load managed. For ease of use, a two (2)-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions.
0802940 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with
Intermittent, Saber FR/Enforcer

WIPER CONTROL
Wiper control will consist of a two (2)-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. The control will be located above the ignition switch.

Bid #: 951 22
Packet Page 223
0820894 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC, Batt Dir,
1st NFPA1900

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate driver side dash, officer side dash, one each between the center forward facing seats in a painted box attached to the rear wall.

Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover.

Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection.

Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed.
0820897 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC, Batt Dir,
2nd NFPA1900

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC
Power and ground will terminate officer side dash area
Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing
Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection
Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed
0820904 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st
NFPA1900

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be four (4) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate Driver seat, officer seat, (2) between each forward facing seat, leave loose with a 6' coil.

Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing.

Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection.

The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0821191 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, Batt Dir,
1st NFPA1900

SPARE CIRCUIT
There shall be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires shall have the following features:

The positive wire shall be connected directly to the battery power The negative wire shall be connected to ground
Wires shall be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC
Power and ground shall terminate forward upper area of each body compartment, leave loose with a 6' coil
Termination shall be with 3/8" studs and plastic covers Wires shall be sized to 125 percent of the protection
Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed
0819994 Radio, Jensen, AM/FM/WB,
Bluetooth

STEREO RADIO
There will be one heavy duty AM/FM / Weatherband / Bluetooth stereo radio. The radio will be installed per switch panel layout. There will be 5.25" speakers installed one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the cab and one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the crew cab. The antenna will be a roof-mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof.

The following Jensen features will be included:
180 watts max power (45W x 4); 100 watts RMS (25W x 4)
Bluetooth® streaming audio (A2DP/AVRCP)
Weatherband
AM/FM tuner with 30 presets
Audio settings (volume/bass/treble/balance/fade)
Toggle switch between day and night display
Daylight-readable, segmented LCD
Two-wire power with non-volatile memory and clock support Low battery alert
0814201 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color
Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714

INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing.

The information center will have the following specifications:

Operate in temperatures from -40 to 158 degrees Fahrenheit LCD optically bonded to hardened AR glass lens
Five weather resistant user interface switches
Grey with black accents
Sunlight Readable
Linux operating system
Minimum of 1000nits rated display
Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area.

Programmed to read US Customary
General Screen Design
Bid #: 951 23
Packet Page 224
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.

If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:

An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages.

A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol.

Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:

Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Seat Belt Monitoring Screen
Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
Digital Speedometer
Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):

Battery Voltage
Fuel
Oil Pressure
Coolant Temperature
RPM
Water Level (if equipped)
Foam Level (if equipped)
Foam Concentration (if equipped)
Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
Water Used (if equipped)
Active Alarms
Virtual Buttons
There will be four (4) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels.

Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality:

Diagnostics
Faults
Listed by order of occurrence
Allows to sort by system
Interlock
Throttle Interlocks
Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
Load Manager
A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.

The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur.

The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen.

Systems
Command Zone
Module type and ID number
Module Version
Input or output number
Circuit number connected to that input or output
Status of the input or output
Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped)
Pressure Controller (if equipped)
Generator Frequency (if equipped)
Live Data
General Truck Data
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Pump oil (if equipped)
Foam (if equipped)
Aerial (if equipped)
Setup
Clock Setup
Date & Time
12 or 24 hour format
Set time and date
Backlight
Daytime
Night time
Sensitivity
Unit Selection
Bid #: 951 24
Packet Page 225
Home Screen
Virtual Button Setup
On Scene Screen Setup
Configure Video Mode
Set Video Contrast
Set Video Color
Set Video Tint
Do Not Move
The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated Driver Side Cab Door
Passenger's Side Cab Door
Driver Side Crew Cab Door
Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
Driver Side Body Doors
Passenger's Side Body Doors
Rear Body Door(s)
Ladder Rack (if applicable)
Deck Gun (if applicable)
Light Tower (if applicable)
Hatch Door (if applicable)
Stabilizers (if applicable)
Steps (if applicable)
Notifications
View Active Alarms
Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm
Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
Timer Screen
HVAC (if equipped)
Tire Information (if equipped)
Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 0816633 Collision Mitigation, HAAS Alert
(R2V), HA7

COLLISION MITIGATION
There will be a HAAS Alert®, Model HA7 Responder-to-Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system provided on the apparatus. The HA7 cellular transponder module will be installed behind the cab windshield, as high and near to the center as practical, to allow clear visibility to the sky. The module dimensions are 5.40" long x 2.70" wide x 1.30" high, and operating temperature range is -40 degrees Celsius to 85 degrees Celsius.

The transponder will be connected to the vehicle's emergency master circuit and battery direct power and ground.

While responding with emergency lights on, the HA7 transponder sends alert messages via cellular network to motorists in the vicinity of the responding truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

While on scene with emergency lights on, the HA7 transponder sends road hazard alerts to motorists in the vicinity of the truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

The HA7 Responder-to-Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system will include the transponder and a 5 year cellular plan subscription.

Activation of the HAAS Alert system requires a representative of the customer to accept the End User License Agreement (EULA) via an on-line portal.

Bid #: 951 25
Packet Page 226
0606247 Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ Display
Seat Belt Monitor

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.

The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.

The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:

Vehicle Speed - MPH
Acceleration - MPH/sec
Deceleration - MPH/sec
Engine Speed - RPM
Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
ABS Event - On/Off
Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
Internal clock syncs the time and date when a laptop is connected.

Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone™ color display.

The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10 seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following:

Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:

The home screen is active:
and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.

The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. 0735006 Intercom, David Clark, 4-Pos, 2-
Radio, (D, O, RPTT), 2obC, U3805

INTERCOM SYSTEM
There will be a four (4) position David Clark, Model U3800, intercom system with single radio interface capability at the driver and officer positions and remote radio push to talk buttons located per switch panel layout. Two (2) crew cab outboard seats will have intercom only capability.

The following components will be provided:

One (1) U3805 Radio Cord Junction Module
Two (2) U3815 Radio interface modules (Driver, Officer) Two (2) Remote Push To Talk Button Kits
One (1) U3800 Master station (1 Crew)
One (1) U3801 Remote headset intercom station (1 Crew)
One (1) C3820 Power cord
All necessary station cables and connectors
0637058 David Clark Universal Radio
Interfaces Included with Single/Dual
System

RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE INCLUDED
All radio interfaced stations will have universal radio interfaces installed. The interface wiring will be routed within the cab to BEHIND OFFICER SEAT .
0597914 Headset, David Clark, H3442 Under
Helmet, Flex Mic

UNDER THE HELMET HEADSET
There will be four (4) under the helmet, headset(s) provided D, O, 2 C.

Each David Clark, Model H3442, headset will feature:

M-7A noise canceling electret microphone
Hybrid wire/flex boom assembly, 280Â rotating, for perfect microphone placement on left or right side
Dynamic earphone elements
Advanced Undercut Gel Ear Seals for superior comfort
Microphone on/off switch
6 ft. extended coil cord
Adjustable overhead support assembly
Carbon steel nape-band spring, black finish, rotates for left or right side mic positioning Independently Certified NRR: 23dB
0819255 Hangers For Headsets, NFPA/ULC
2024, Each

HEADSET HANGERS
There will be four (4) headset hanger(s) installed driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side inboard forward facing seat and passenger's side inboard forward facing seat. The hanger(s) will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA and ULC standards for equipment mounting. 0687904 Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis,
Cable Routed to Behind Officer Seat

RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be two (2) standard 1.125", 18 thread antenna-mounting base(s) installed best available on the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed to behind the officer seat. A weatherproof cap will be installed on the mount.

Bid #: 951 26
Packet Page 227
0817058 Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, R Camera,
SD, CL714

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:

One (1) Standard Definition (SD) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse.

The camera images will be displayed on the left side vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the rear camera will be emitted by an amplified speaker with volume control located behind the driver seat.

The following components will be included:

One (1) SV-CW134639CAI Camera
All necessary cables
0814831 Not Required, Camera Switcher Camera Switcher
A camera switcher is not required.
0890416 Pierce Command Zone, Advanced
Electronics & Control System,
Enforcer, WiFi CZT

ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting.

Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.

Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.

Solid-State Control System
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules, electronic control modules to include black housings, a power indicator and status indicator located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices.

The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX™ specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.

For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes:

Green LED indicator light for module power
Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic
Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications:

Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications
Operating temperature from -40 degrees Celsius to +70 degrees Celsius Storage temperature from -40 degrees Celsius to +70 degrees Celsius Vibration to 50g
IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 32 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical.

Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.

On-Board Electrical System Diagnostics
The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:

Text description of active warning or caution alarms
Simplified warning indicators
Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process.

TCU Module with WiFi
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE 802.11 b/g/n capabilities while communicating at 2.4 Gigahertz.

The module will communicate through a black WiFi antenna allowing a line of site communication range of up to 300 feet with a roof mounted antenna.

The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most Bid #: 951 27
Packet Page 228
smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone™, control and information system.

The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone™, control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to 2 Gigabytes of data storage.

The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device.

Indicator Light and Alarm Prove-Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.

Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.

The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes.

Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following:
12-volt 40-amp battery switched power
12-volt 60-amp ignition switched power
12-volt 60-amp direct battery power
There will also be a 12-volt 100-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center.

EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.

The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.

EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and highpowered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 0896456 Prognostics, Electrical System

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS
There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events.

The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone™ information center and/or wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.

Prognostics will include the following:

Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Bid #: 951 28
Packet Page 229
0624253 Electrical System, Enforcer MUX

ELECTRICAL
All 12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal.

Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.

Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.

Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.

Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).

All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.

All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, will be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 0079166 Batteries, (4) Stryten/Exide Grp 31,
950 CCA ea, Threaded Stud

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be four (4) 12 volt Stryten/Exide®, Model 31S950X5W, batteries that include the following features will be provided:
950 CCA, cold cranking amps
190 amp reserve capacity
High cycle
Group 31
Rating of 3800 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit
760 minutes of reserve capacity
Threaded stainless steel studs
Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a 45 degree tilt capacity.

The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance. 0008621 Battery System, Single Start, All
Custom Chassis

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.

MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.

An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.
0002698 Battery Compartment,
Saber/Enforcer

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
Batteries will be placed on non-corrosive mats and be stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery boxes will have reinforced sides. The battery compartments will be constructed of 0.188" steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The battery hold-downs will be of a non-corrosive material. All bolts and nuts will be stainless steel.

Heavy-duty, 2/0 gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti-corrosion compound.

Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized compound.

JUMPER STUDS
One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be included on the battery compartments.
0812586 Charger, Sngl Sys, Kussmaul, Chief
091-266-12-60, 60 Amp

BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Kussmaul™, Chief Series Smart Charger 6012, product code 091-266-12-60, 60 amp battery charger with build-in touch screen display provided.

The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through a junction box located near the battery charger.

Bid #: 951 29
Packet Page 230
0814940 Location, Cab, Charger, EMS Compt,
Back Wall, LS
The battery charger will be located on the back wall of the left side EMS compartment. 0811943 Panel, Remote Control, Kussmaul,
Chief 091-266-RCP

REMOTE CONTROL PANEL - BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Kussmaul™, Chief Series Smart Charger remote control panel, product code 091- 266-RCP included.
0814939 Location, Cab, Ind/Remote, Driver's
Seat Riser
The battery charger indicator will be located on the driver's seat riser. 0016857 Shoreline, 20A 120V, Kussmaul Auto
Eject, 091-55-20-120, Super

AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE
There will be one (1) Kussmaul™, Model 091-55-20-120, 20 amp 120 volt AC shoreline inlet(s) provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus.

The shoreline inlet(s) will include red weatherproof flip up cover(s).

There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting.

The shoreline(s) will be connected to 110V OUTLET AND BATTERY CHARGER.

There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0026800 Shoreline Location The shoreline receptacle will be located on the driver side exterior of cab, behind crew cab door. 0647728 Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy
55SI

ALTERNATOR
A Delco Remy®, Model 55SI, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 430 amps, as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257 degrees Fahrenheit (125 degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output.

Bid #: 951 30
Packet Page 231
0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX

ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12-volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

The system will include the following features:

System voltage monitoring.

A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off.

Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.

Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.

High Idle to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake.

If enabled:
"Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center.

Hi-Idle will not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up.

Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.

The information center indicates system voltage.

The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:

Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.

Individual load managed item condition:

ON = not shed
SHED = shed

SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch.

When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.

When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.

Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at halfsecond intervals:

Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
Third Evaporator (if applicable)
0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo
2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel

HEADLIGHTS
There will be four (4) JW Speaker®, Model 8800, 4" x 6" rectangular LED lights mounted in the front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille:
the outside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 low beam module the inside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 high beam module the headlights to include chrome bezels
The low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch is on.

The high beam and low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch and the high beam switch is activated.
0797346 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab
Crn, Wrp Bzl Out Wrn Lts, Enf, Sab
FR

DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen 600 series, amber LED combination directional/marker lights provided. The lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the warning lights.

The lens color(s) to be clear.
0768311 Light, Directional/Marker,
Intermediate, Truck-Lite 30375Y Grm
Mt LED 2lts

INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite®, part number 30375Y, 2.24" diameter lights with amber LEDs, grommet mount and chrome cover furnished, one (1) each side in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light.
0735474 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front,
P25 LED 7 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be seven (7) amber LED lights provided per the following:

Three (3) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield.

Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each outboard side of the cab above the windshield as close to the outside of the apparatus as practical.

Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each side of the cab as high and far forward as practical.

The lights will be installed without guards.

Bid #: 951 31
Packet Page 232
0625210 Lights, Directional, Cab Front Side,
Truck-Lite 19036Y LED, AXT/Enf

FRONT CAB SIDE CLEARANCE/MARKER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite®, Model 19036Y, amber LED lights installed to the outside of the chrome wrap around bezel, one (1) on each side of the cab.

The lights will activate as additional directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit. 0563675 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear,
Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts

REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be three (3) Truck-Lite®, Model 33050R, LED lights used as identification lights recessed and located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

As close as practical to the vertical centerline
Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart Red in color
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the rear
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed on the side of the apparatus as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:

To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the side
All at the same height
There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements.
0804514 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red
Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For
Hsg

REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional lighting included in the rear tail light housing will include the following:

Two (2) Whelen®, Model M62BTT, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep brake/tail lights with red LEDs
Two (2) Whelen, Model M62T, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep directional lights with amber LEDs. The directional lights will be set to Steady On (Arrow) flash pattern.

The lens color(s) to be clear.
0806466 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED,
For Tail Lt Housing
There will be two (2) Whelen Model M62BU, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. 0889577 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25
LED, Stainless Brkt

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
One (1) license plate bracket constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the rear of the apparatus.

One (1) white LED light with chrome housing will be provided to illuminate the license plate. A stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear.
0556842 Bezels, Wln, (2) M6 Chrome Pierce,
For mtg (4) Wln M6 lights

LIGHTING BEZEL
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6FCV4P, four (4) place chromed ABS housings with Pierce logos provided for the rear M6 series stop/tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights. 0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO
1040

BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels.
0626588 Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq T10-
LC00-1 15" LED 4Dr

CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (4) TecNiq, Model T10-LC00-1, 15.00" lights with white LEDs and 45 degree stainless steel brackets provided per the following:
one (1) under the driver's side cab access step
one (1) under the passenger's side cab access step
one (1) under the passenger's side crew cab access step one (1) under the driver's side crew cab access step
The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on, when the respective door is open and by the same control selected for the body perimeter lights.

Bid #: 951 32
Packet Page 233
0617901 Lights, Perimeter Pump House,
TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 2lts

PUMP HOUSE PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) TecNiq, Model T10-LC00-1, 15.00" white 12 volt DC LED weatherproof strip lights provided under the pump panel running boards, one (1) each side.

The lights will be controlled by the same means as the body perimeter lights. 0626579 Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq T10-
LC00-1 15" LED 2lts, Rear Step

BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (2) TecNiq, Model T10-LC00-1, 15.00" 12 volt DC LED strip lights provided at the rear step area of the body, one (1) each side shining to the rear.

The perimeter scene lights will be activated when a switch within reach of the driver is activated and the parking brake is applied.
0896454 Enhanced Software for Perimeter Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS
All perimeter lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released unless alternate control is selected.

The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors closed.
0661576 Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Perimeter
Scene Lt Sw

STEP LIGHTS
There will be four (4) white LED, step lights provided. One (1) step light will be provided on each side, on the front compartment face and two (2) step lights at the rear to illuminate the tailboard.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.

These step lights will be activated by the perimeter scene lights switch in the cab.

All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0679615 Bracket, Alum. Trdplate, 12V Surface
Mounted Flood Lights, Compt Top,
Each
12 VOLT LIGHT BRACKET
There will be two (2) aluminum treadplate bracket(s) installed center above LS2 and RS2, match AD for the surface mounted flood light(s). The bracket(s) will have all wiring totally enclosed. 0776357 Light, Visor, Wln, 12V P*H2* Pioneer,
Cnt Feature, 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H2*, 17,750 lumens 12 volt DC light(s) with a combination of flood and spot optics provided on the front visor, centered.

The housing(s) painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the left side pump panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0768059 Lights, Wln, PCPSM2* Pioneer, 12
VDC, 2nd
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen® Model PCPSM2*, 16,000 lumens 12 volt DC powered light(s) with white LEDs installed on the cab located, Above RS2, center over the rear wheel, mount in the 4 way box outboard, and above the EMS compartment on the RS of the cab..

The surface mount housing(s) will be provided with a black cover.

The light(s) will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the left side pump panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel and by a switch in a stainless steel cup located on the passenger's side at the rear of the apparatus no more than 72.00" from the ground.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0768061 Lights, Wln, PCPSM2* Pioneer, 12
VDC, 1st
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen® Model PCPSM2*, 16,000 lumens 12 volt DC powered light(s) with white LEDs installed on the cab located, Above LS2, center over the rear wheel, mount in the 4 way box outboard, and above the EMS compartment on the LS of the cab.

The surface mount housing(s) will be provided with a black cover.

The light(s) will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the left side pump panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel and by a switch in a stainless steel cup located on the driver's side at the rear of the apparatus no more than 72.00" from the ground.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0766906 Lights, Wln, PCPSM1*, Pioneer, 12
VDC, 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen® Model PCPSM1*, 10,444 lumens 12 volt DC surface mount light(s) installed on the body of the apparatus located, REAR BULKHEAD HIGH, ONE PER SIDE.

The light(s) will include black housing(s) with a chrome cover.

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the left side pump panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel and by a switch in a stainless steel cup located on the driver's side at the rear of the apparatus no more than 72.00" from the ground.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

Bid #: 951 33
Packet Page 234
0532358 Not Required, Deck Lights, Other
Hose Bed & Rear Lighting

0768474 Lights, Hose Bed, Below Alum Cvr,
Amdor AY-LB-12HW040, 40" LED
4lts

LIGHTS BELOW HOSE BED COVER
There will be four (4) Amdor Model AY-LB-12HW040, 700 lumens, 40.00" white LED lights provided to illuminate the hose bed area.

Two (2) LED light strips will be installed on the driver's side hose bed cover 30.00" from the front and rear of the hose bed, as close to the hinge as practical.

Two (2) LED light strips will be installed on the passenger's side hose bed cover 30.00" from the front and rear of the hose bed, as close to the hinge as practical.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on, and when the hosebed cover is raised. 0645677 Lights, Not Required, Rear Work, Alt.
12 Volt Lights At Rear Body
0892704 Lights, Walk Surf, 8-P25 LED, Hose
Bed Cover, Overall Height
Restrictions

WALKING SURFACE LIGHT
There will be eight (8) P25 12 volt DC LED lights with chrome housing provided on the hose bed cover to illuminate the walking surface. The lights will be located near the hose bed cover hinges evenly spaced four (4) on each side. The lights will be activated when the body step lights are on. 0060115 Pumper, Medium, Aluminum, 2nd
Gen
0554271 Body Skirt Height, 20"

0028244 Tank, Water, 500 Gallon, Poly, Med

WATER TANK
Booster tank will have a capacity of 500 gallons and be constructed of polypropylene plastic by United Plastic Fabricating, Incorporated.

Tank joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out.

Tank will be baffled in accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments.

Longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and will extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding.

Transverse partitions will extend from 4.00" off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover.

All partitions will interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides.

Tank top will be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It will be recessed .38" and will be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions.

Tank top will be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions.

Construction will include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes.

A sump that will be sized dependent on the tank to pump plumbing will be provided at the bottom of the water tank.

Sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet.

Tank will be installed in a fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel.

Sufficient crossmembers will be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers will be constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing.

Tank will "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on.

Stops or other provision will be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle.

Mounting system will be approved by the tank manufacturer. 0003405 Overflow, 4.00" Water Tank, Poly

Fill tower will be constructed of 0.50" polypropylene and will be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long.

Fill tower will be furnished with a 0.25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover.

An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. 0028104 Foam Cell Required
0553729 Not Required, Restraint, Water Tank,
Heavy Duty
0003429 Not Required, Direct Tank Fill

0003424 Not Required, Dump Valve

Bid #: 951 34
Packet Page 235
0048710 Not Required, Jet Assist

0030007 Not Required, Dump Valve Chute

0514778 Not Required, Switch, Tank Dump
Master
0126633 Hose Bed, Aluminum, Pumper

HOSE BED
The hose bed will be fabricated of .125"-5052 aluminum with a nominal 38,000 psi tensile strength.

Upper and rear edges of side panels will have a double break for rigidity, a split tube finish will not be acceptable.

The upper area at the rear of the hose bed will be covered with brushed stainless steel to prevent damage to painted surface when hose is removed.

Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be a minimum of 0.50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation.
0723549 Painted Hose Bed The hose bed interior walls will be painted to match the lower body color. 0003481 Hose Bed Capacity, Special

Hose bed will accommodate BED#1= 1000' 3.00" DJH BED#2 = 1000' 5.00" LDH BED#3 = 300'

3.00" DJH.
0083488 Divider, Hose Bed, .25" Unpainted

HOSE BED DIVIDER
One (1) hosebed divider will be furnished for separating hose.

Each divider will be constructed of a 0.25" brushed aluminum sheet. Flat surfaces will be sanded for uniform appearance or constructed of brushed aluminum.

Divider will be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed.

Divider will be held in place by tightening bolts, at each end.

Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads. 0815195 Cover, Hose Bed, Alum Treadplate,
Bolted T-Bar

HOSE BED COVER
A two (2) section hose bed cover, constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished. The cover will be hinged with full length stainless steel piano hinge. The sides will be slanted down with the center of the cover supported by a stationary modular bridgework support.

The cover will be reinforced so that it can support the weight of a man walking on the cover.

The cover is designed with the left cover opening first.

If access to water tank fill tower is blocked by the hose bed cover, then a hinged door will be provided in it so that tank may be filled without raising cover doors.

Chrome grab handles and gas filled cylinders will be provided to assist in opening and closing the cover. A handrail is provided at the rear, in the center of the support, to assist in opening the cover.

The hose bed cover will be connected to the Do Not Move Truck indicator. The light will be activated if the cover is not in the stowed position and the parking brake is released. 0807424 Hose Restraint, Hose Bed, Web,
Rear, Separate From Top

HOSE BED RESTRAINT, REAR
The hose in the hose bed will be restrained by heavy duty 2.00" black nylon webbing with a 1.50" x 4.00" box pattern. The webbing will be installed at the rear of the hose bed with Velcro strap and footman loop at the top. At the bottom of the webbing, Velcro strap and footman loop will be provided.
0010133 Cross-Divider, Hose Bed

A cross-divider will be provided just behind the fill tower. The divider will be bolted to the side sheet.
0581892 Divider, .25", Unpainted, Permanent ADDITIONAL HOSE BED DIVIDER There will be one (1) additional hose bed dividers furnished.

Each divider will be constructed of a 0.25" brushed aluminum sheet.

Partition will be permanently installed and located AT THE UPPER LEFT CORNER OF THE LADDER STORAGE COMPARTMENT.

Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads.

Flat surfaces will be sanded for uniform appearance or constructed of brushed aluminum. 0013512 Running Boards, 12.75" Deep

RUNNING BOARDS
Running boards will be fabricated of 0.125" bright aluminum treadplate.

Each running board will be supported by a welded 2.00" square tubing and channel assembly, which will be bolted to the pump compartment substructure.

Running boards will be 12.75" deep and spaced 0.50" away from the pump panel.

A splash guard will be provided above the running board treadplate.

Bid #: 951 35
Packet Page 236
0689497 Tailboard, 24" & 8" Deep, T-Shaped,
Angled Corners

TAILBOARD
The tailboard will also be constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate and spaced .50" from the body, as well as supported by a structural steel assembly.

The tailboard area will be 24.00" deep in the center area and 8.00" deep to the rear of the side compartments. The tailboard will be T-shaped. The outboard sides of the tailboard will be angled at 45 degrees beginning at the point where the body meets the tailboard at the outboard edge angling rearward to the rear edge of the tailboard.

The exterior side will be flanged down and in for increased rigidity of tailboard structure. 0690037 Wall, Rear, Smooth Aluminum/Body
Material

REAR WALL, SMOOTH ALUMINUM/BODY MATERIAL
The rear facing surfaces of the center rear wall will be smooth aluminum.

The bulkheads, the surface to the rear of the side body compartments, will be smooth and the same material as the body.

Any inboard facing surfaces below the height of the hosebed will be aluminum diamondplate. 0889214 Tow Eyes, w/Tow Bar, 2G Pumper

REAR TOW EYES
Two (2) tow eyes, which are an integral part of the body mounting substructure, will be installed below the rear of the truck.

The tow eyes will be of adequate strength to allow the truck to be pulled from the eyes.

REAR TOW BAR
One (1) tow bar will be installed under the tailboard.

The tow bar assembly will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 30-degree upward angled pull of 17,000 lb, or a 20,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle.

The tow bar design will have been tested and evaluated using finite element analysis techniques. 0590934 Hose Restraint, Running Board,
Straps, FV Fastener

RUNNING BOARD HOSE RESTRAINT
A pair of 2.00" wide black nylon straps with seat belt buckle fasteners will be provided for each hose tray to secure the hose during travel. There will be One (1) hose tray located in the left side running board.
0003634 Tray, Hose, Running Board, 25' of

5.00", Soft Suction Hose

HOSE TRAY
One (1) hose tray will be recessed in the left hand side running board.

Capacity of the tray will be 25.00' of 5.00" soft suction hose.

Rubber matting will be installed on the floor of the tray to provide proper ventilation. Drain holes will be provided.

Bid #: 951 36
Packet Page 237
0895820 Construction, Compt, Alum, 2G
Pumper

COMPARTMENTATION
Body and compartments will be fabricated of 0.125", 5052-H32 aluminum.

Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders.

Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

Side compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip.

The side compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again 0.75" to form an angle.

Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion, formed bright aluminum treadplate or polished stainless steel.

The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers will have the corners welded.

Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops.

Front facing compartment walls will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate.

All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury.

UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM
Due to the severe loading requirements of this pumper a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load will be provided.

The backbone of the support system will be the chassis frame rails which is the strongest component of the chassis and is designed for sustaining maximum loads.

Forward to the rear axle, the support system will include "L"-shaped support members bolted to the chassis frame rails. These welded support members will include vertical formed channels, horizontal structural channels, and support gussets. These parts extend from the chassis frame outward underneath the body.

Rearward to the rear axle, the body support system will include two rearward facing "L"-shaped support members bolted to the chassis frame rails. These support members will be connected to the two body supporting crossmembers forming a boxed foundation for the rear body support system.

Steel upper platform decks will be mounted on the top of these support members to create a floating substructure which will result in a 500 lb equipment support rating per lower compartment.

All structural components of this system will be made from high strength 50K steel plate material or structural steel componentry. The steel frames as well as the steel vertical angles will be treated with an epoxy E-coat or equivalent to provide resistance to corrosion and chemicals as standard.

The floating substructure will be separated from the horizontal members with neoprene elastomer isolators. These isolators will reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body.

Isolators will have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail-safe design and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes.

The neoprene isolators will be installed in a pattern which assimilates a three (3)-point mounting pattern to reduce the natural flex of the chassis being transmitted to the body.

A design with body compartments hanging on the chassis in an unsupported fashion will not be acceptable.

AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.

LOUVERS
Louvers will be stamped into compartment walls to provide the proper airflow inside the body compartments and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. Where these louvers are provided, they will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate.

TESTING OF BODY DESIGN
Body structural analysis will be fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, strain gauging, and model analysis will be performed with special attention given to fatigue, life and structural integrity of the body and substructure.

Body will be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight.

The criteria used during the testing procedure will include:

Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires 9.00" to simulate the twisting a truck may experience when driving over a curb.

Making a 90 degree turn, while driving at 20 mph to simulate aggressive driving conditions.

Driving the vehicle at 35 mph on a washboard road.

Driving the vehicle at 55 mph on a smooth road.

Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph on rough pavement.

Evidence of actual testing techniques will be made available upon request.

Bid #: 951 37
Packet Page 238
0023650 LS 152" Rollup, Full Height Front &
Rear, FDLER

LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The left side compartmentation will consist of three rollup door compartments.

A full height, rollup door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 34.50" wide x 66.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower

25.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 28.75" wide x 56.88" high.

A rollup door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 66.50" wide x 32.88" high x 12.00" deep. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 58.25" wide x 23.13" high.

A full height, rollup door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 47.75" wide x 67.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 26.00" of height and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper section of the compartment.

The clear door opening will be a minimum of 44.75" wide x 57.88" high.

The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.
0063658 RS 152" Rollup, Full Height Front &
Rear, FDLER

RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The right side compartmentation will consist of three rollup door compartments.

A full height, rollup door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 34.50" wide x 66.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower

25.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 28.75" wide x 56.88" high.

The clear door opening will be a minimum of 44.75" wide x 57.88" high.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.
0594005 Doors, Rollup, Amdor, Side
Compartments

SIDE COMPARTMENT ROLLUP DOOR(S)
There will be six (6) compartment doors installed on the side compartments, double faced, aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by AMDOR™ brand rollup doors.

Door(s) will be constructed using 1.00" extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools.

The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement.

Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One (1) fin will be designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression.

The doors will be mounted in a one (1)-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.

Bottom panel flange of rollup door will be equipped with two (2) cut-outs to allow for easier access with gloved hands.

A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model 751 to match all compartment and cab doors. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals.

All injection molded rollup door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 nylon.

Each rollup door will have a 3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door.

The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0083701 Compt, Rear, Rollup, 44.50" FF,

25.88" D

REAR COMPARTMENTATION
A roll-up door compartment above the rear tailboard will be provided.

The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 40.00" wide x 47.38" high x 25.88" deep. The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed.

A louvered, removable access panel will be furnished on the back wall of the compartment.

The rear compartment will be open into the rear side compartments.

The clear door opening of this compartment will be a minimum of 33.25" wide x 37.63" high.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.

Bid #: 951 38
Packet Page 239
0594003 Door, Amdor, Rollup, Rear
Compartment

ROLLUP REAR COMPARTMENT DOOR
The rear compartment will have a rollup door.

The door will be double faced, aluminum construction, satin aluminum and manufactured by AMDOR™ brand rollup doors.

The door will be constructed using 1.00" extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools.

The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement.

The door will be mounted in a one (1)-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.

Bottom panel flange of rollup door will be equipped with two (2) cut-outs to allow for easier access with gloved hands.

All injection molded rollup door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 Nylon.

The door will have a 3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door.

The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0554995 No Body Modification Required

0019845 Guard, Drip Pan, S/S, Rollup Door

DOOR GUARD
There will be one (1) compartment door that will include a guard/drip pan designed to protect the roll-up door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed B1. 0616670 Lights, Compt, Pierce LED, Dual
Light Strips, Each Side of Door,
Pumper/Tanker

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be seven (7) compartment(s) with two (2) white 12 volt DC LED compartment light strips. The dual light strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. There will be two (2) light strips per compartment. The dual light strips will be in all body compartment (s).

Any remaining compartments without light strips will have a 6.00" diameter Truck-Lite, Model:
79384 light. Each light will have a number 1076 one filament, two wire bulb.

Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0760868 Lights, Cargo/Dunnage, Dual LED
Light Strips, Each Side

CARGO/DUNNAGE AREA LIGHTING
There will be two (2), 12 volt DC strips lights with white LEDs and stainless steel protective cover, provided to illuminate the cargo area.

One (1) light strip will be installed the entire length of the left side of the cargo area.

One (1) light strip will be installed the entire length of the right side of the cargo area.

The light(s) will be activated when the battery switch is on and the body step lights are activated. 0687146 Shelf Tracks, Painted

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be six (6) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in LS1, LS2, LS3, RS1, RS3 and B1.

These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s). The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior.
0600350 Shelves, Adj, 500 lb Capacity, Full
Width/Depth, Predefined Locations

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be ten (10) shelves with a capacity of 500 lb provided.

The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum painted spatter gray with 2.00" sides.

Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The location(s) will be in RS1 in the lower third, in RS3 in the upper third, in RS1 in the upper third, in RS1 in the upper third, in LS2 centered between the floor and ceiling, in B1 centered between the floor and ceiling, in LS3 in the upper third, in LS3 in the upper third, in LS1 in the upper third and in LS1 in the upper third.

Bid #: 951 39
Packet Page 240
0647091 Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out,
500lb, 2.00" Sides

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be two (2) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) provided.

Each tray will have 2.00" high sides and a minimum capacity rating of 500 lb in the extended position.

Each tray will be constructed of aluminum painted spatter gray.

There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250 lb each provided. The pair of slides will have a safety factor rating of 2.

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50lb force for push-in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

The location(s) will be LS1 and B1.
0725644 Cabinet, Drawer Assembly, CTECH,
Three Drawers, Up To 24" Wide, 24"
Deep

DRAWER ASSEMBLY
A slide-out drawer assembly will be installed LS3.

The clear dimensions of the first drawer starting at the top will be 4.00" with a face plate that is

5.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the second drawer will be 6.75" with a face plate that is 7.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the third drawer will be 7.75" with a face plate that is 8.00" high x 21.00" deep. Each drawer will be the same width and not exceed

24.00".

The drawers will have a capacity of 250 pounds.

The drawers will be mounted in a cabinet housing constructed of light gray powder coated aluminum with anodized aluminum frames. The housing will be 24.00" deep, and completely enclose the drawer.

A full-length aluminum extruded rail will be provided at the top edge of each drawer. This rail will act as the latching mechanism as well as the handle for each drawer.

There will be a total of one (1) provided.
0726441 Partition, Trans Rear Compt PARTITION, TRANSVERSE REAR COMPARTMENT Two (2) partitions will be bolted in place to separate the left and right side rear compartments from the rear tailboard compartment. The partition will be body material painted spatter gray. 0004005 Aluminum Treadplate on
Compartment Floor

COMPARTMENT FLOOR SCUFFPLATE
Aluminum treadplate will be provided on the floor of two (2) compartments. The locations will be, RS1, RS3.

The edges of the treadplate will be completely caulked before installation to prevent corrosion. 0797957 Pac Trac, Installed on Compartment
Wall, Back Wall Only

EQUIPMENT MOUNTING SYSTEM
Pac Trac equipment mounting system will be installed on the back wall of two (2) compartment (s), RS2, RS3.
0024016 Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side &
Rear of Body

RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side and rear of the body compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.

Trim will be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity.

The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.
0784810 Fender Crowns, Rear, Stainless,
Wider Than Standard, w/Removable
Liner

BODY FENDER CROWNS
Polished stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings with a dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion. These fender crowns must be wide enough to prevent splashing onto the body from the specified tires.

The fender crowns will be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar metals contact and greatly reduce the chance for corrosion. Rubber welting will be provided between the body and crown.

BODY FENDER LINER
A aluminum painted to match the lower body color fender liner will be provided. The liners will be removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension components. 0519849 Not Required, Hose, Hard Suction

HARD SUCTION HOSE
Hard suction hose will not be required.

Bid #: 951 40
Packet Page 241
0626229 Handrails, Side Pump Panels, Per
Print

HANDRAILS
The handrails will be 1.25" diameter knurled aluminum to provide a positive gripping surface.

Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.

Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails.

Handrails will be provided to meet current edition of applicable NFPA standards. The handrails will be installed as noted on the sales drawing.
0004126 Handrails, Beavertail, Standard

HANDRAILS
One (1) vertical handrail will be located on each rear beavertail. 0030332 Handrails, Rear, (2) Below Hose Bed,
One Each Side
Two (2) horizontal knurled aluminum handrails will be provided below the hose bed at the rear of the apparatus, one each side.
0019125 Handrail, Extra - 8" Long ADDITIONAL HANDRAIL
One (1) handrail, 8.00" long, will be mounted PS next to crosslays, mounted vertically so that the top of the handrail is in line with the top of the crosslay. The handrail(s) will be constructed out of knurled aluminum.
0519354 Handrail, Extra - 12"

ADDITIONAL HANDRAIL
One (1) handrail, 12.00" long, will be mounted DS forward of hose reel window, mounted vertically next to P25 light. The handrail(s) will be constructed out of knurled aluminum. 0622393 Compt, Air Pack Fender Panel AIR PACK STORAGE
A total of one (1) air pack compartment(s) will be provided and located on the right side forward of the rear wheels. The air pack compartment(s) will be tapered to match the profile of the space available in the fender. The compartment(s) will be approximately 15.50" wide at the top and

5.00" wide at the bottom for the wheel cutout. The compartment(s) will be 15.50" tall at the body side compartment and 6.00" tall at the wheel cutout. The compartment(s) will be 26.00" deep and have a drain hole.

Inside the compartment, black Dura-Surf friction reducing material glued to the floor will be provided.

A painted stainless steel hinged door with a Southco raised trigger C2 black lever latch will be provided to contain the air pack. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.
0657522 Compt, Air Bottle, Triple, Fender
Panel
AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Triple)
A quantity of two (2) air bottle compartments designed to hold (3) air bottles up to 7.25" in diameter x 26.00" deep will be provided on the right side forward of the rear wheels and on the right side rearward of the rear wheels. A painted stainless steel door with a Southco raised trigger C2 black lever latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment, black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be provided.

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the air bottles when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment.
0004225 Ladder, 24' Duo-Safety 900A 2-
Section

EXTENSION LADDER
There will be a 24' two-section aluminum Duo-Safety Series 900-A extension ladder provided. 0004230 Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety 775A Roof ROOF LADDER
There will be a 14' aluminum Duo-Safety Series 775-A roof ladder provided. 0787027 Ladders Btwn Tank & S.Sht, RS,
Extended Rear, Enclosed, RPH,
Special Mounting

LADDER STORAGE
The ladders will be stored between the water tank and the right side compartments.

The ladders will extend into the pump compartment just to the rear of the water pump discharges.

The ladder storage area will be enclosed as practical by means of sheet metal to protect the ladders from road dirt. The ladders that extend into the pump house will also be enclosed. A black rubber boot will be provided to enclosed the ladders in the gap between the pump house and the body.

Each ladder will be stored vertically in a separate stainless steel storage trough. Each stainless steel trough will be lined with Dura-Surf nylon slides.

If the apparatus does not have a flush rear wall, an aluminum enclosure will be provided at the rear of the body to properly contain the ladders. This enclosure will extend to the rear of the side body compartments.

The ladders will be stored 24' extension fly section inboard.

The enclosure will also include a vertically hinged aluminum treadplate door with a D-handle latch to access the ladders.

Bid #: 951 41
Packet Page 242
0733387 Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety Folding 585A

FOLDING LADDER
One (1) 10.00' aluminum, Series 585-A, Duo-Safety folding ladder will be installed. 0733796 Trough, Folding Ladder, Ladder
Storage Btwn Tank & S.Sht

FOLDING LADDER STORAGE
There will be storage designated right side for folding ladders stored between the side sheet in a stainless steel trough in the ladder storage compartment. 0893098 Trough, Backboard, In Ladder
Storage Compartment

BACKBOARD STORAGE
One (1) trough for storage of a backboard will be provided in the existing ladder storage compartment.

The size of the backboard to be stored will be 74.00" long x 18.00" wide x 2.00" high. 0789530 Pike Pole, 10' DUO Safety,
Fiberglass
10' PIKE POLE
One (1) pike pole 10' long Duo Safety with a fiberglass handle, will be provided. 0760175 Tube, Pike Pole 8' or Longer, Btwn
Tank & S.Sht Ladder Storage

PIKE POLE STORAGE
There will be storage designated on the right side for Two (2) pike poles 8' or longer pike poles with a 0.75" standard notch, stored in a tube between the side sheet and tank in the ground ladder storage compartment.
0733370 Pike Pole, 6' DUO Safety, Fiberglass

PIKE POLE, 6'
One (1) pike pole, 6' long Duo Safety with a fiberglass handle, will be provided. 0733065 Not Required

0763265 SP Bell, 12" Black Powder Coated
Exterior w/Eagle, Mounted on Cab
Corner
BELL
A black powder coated exterior, 12.00" bronze cast bell and mounting bracket, complete with an eagle, will be mounted on the passenger side radiused corner of cab face. The cab will be properly reinforced to support the weight of the bell. A rope pull, for the bell, will be installed inside the cab.
0785102 Steps, Folding, Front of Body, Cargo
Bed Access, w/LED, Trident

FOLDING STEPS FRONT OF BODY
Folding steps will be provided full height on the left side and one (1) step on the right side body compartments to provide access to the cargo bed. Steps will be spaced evenly on the sales drawing. Actual quantity may vary due to pump panel interferences but will meet the NFPA required maximum stepping height.

The Trident steps will be bright finished, non-skid with a black tread coating on the stepping surface.

The step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface.

The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 0592994 Steps, Folding, Rear of Body, w/LED,
Trident

REAR FOLDING STEPS
Bright finished, non-skid folding steps with a black tread coating on the stepping surface will be provided at the rear. Each step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface.

The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 0650261 I Zone Bracket, Pair, Folding Style

I-ZONE BRACKETS
Two (2) flip-out I-Zone brackets will be provided and mounted at the rear of the apparatus, MATCH 35147 EXACTLY. The brackets will be designed with adequate reinforcement to eliminate flexing of the body (oil canning).
0084388 Step, Full Width, Rear Of Body, 8.00" ADDITIONAL STEP An 8.00" deep, full width bright aluminum treadplate step will be provided at the rear of the body.

Bid #: 951 42
Packet Page 243
0007590 Pump House, Side Control, 52",
Control Zone

PUMP COMPARTMENT
The pump compartment will be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. It will be a fabricated assembly made of the same material as the rear body using tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards.

The pump compartment will be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist.

Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels will be removable from the chassis in a single assembly.

PUMP MOUNTING
Pump will be mounted to a substructure which will be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump.

LEFT SIDE PUMP CONTROL PANELS
All pump controls and gauges will be located at the left side of the apparatus and properly identified.

Layout of the pump control panel will be ergonomically efficient and systematically organized.

The pump operator's control panel will be removable in two (2) main sections for ease of maintenance:

The upper section will contain sub panels for the mounting of the pump pressure control device, engine monitoring gauges, electrical switches, and foam controls (if applicable). Sub panels will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. Below the sub panels will be located all valve controls and line pressure gauges.

The lower section of the panel will contain all inlets, outlets, and drains.

All push/pull valve controls will have 1/4 turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push/pull control rods will be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push/pull valve controls will be capable of locking in any position.

The control rods will pull straight out of the panel and will be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding.

IDENTIFICATION TAGS
The identification tag for each valve control will be recessed in the face of the tee handle.

All discharge outlets will have color coded identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding will include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding discharge.

All line pressure gauges will be mounted directly above the corresponding discharge control tee handles and recessed within the same chrome plated casting as the rod guide for quick identification. The gauge and rod guide casting will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. The casting will be color coded to correspond with the discharge identification tag.

All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels.

The pump panel on the right side will be removable with lift and turn type fasteners.

Trim rings will be installed around all inlets and outlets. 0037731 Pump House Structure, Raised,
Included with Ladder Storage

0004425 Pump, Waterous, CSU, 1500 GPM,
Single Stage
PUMP
Pump will be a Waterous CSU, 1500 gpm single (1) stage midship mounted centrifugal type.

Pump will be the class "A" type.

Pump will deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressures indicated below:
100 percent of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure. 70 percent of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure. 50 percent of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure.

Pump body will be close-grained gray iron, bronze fitted, and horizontally split in two (2) sections for easy removal of the entire impeller shaft assembly (including wear rings).

Pump will be designed for complete servicing from the bottom of the truck, without disturbing the pump setting or apparatus piping.

Pump case halves will be bolted together on a single horizontal face to minimize chance of leakage and facilitate ease of reassembly. No end flanges will be used.

Discharge manifold of the pump will be cast as an integral part of the pump body assembly and will provide a minimum of three (3) 3.50" openings for flexibility in providing various discharge outlets for maximum efficiency.

The three (3) 3.50" openings will be located as follows: one (1) outlet to the right of the pump, one (1) outlet to the left of the pump, and one (1) outlet directly on top of the discharge manifold.

Impeller shaft will be stainless steel, accurately ground to size. It will be supported at each end by sealed, anti-friction ball bearings for rigid precise support. Impeller will have flame plated hubs assuring maximum pump life and efficiency despite any presence of abrasive matter in the water supply.

Bearings will be protected from water and sediment by suitable stuffing boxes, flinger rings, and oil seals. No special or sleeve type bearings will be used. 0004481 Seal, Grafoil, Waterous

PUMP PACKING
Stuffing boxes will be of the conventional two (2) piece, split-gland type, to permit adjustment or replacement of Grafoil packing without disturbing the pump. Water will be fed into stuffing box lantern rings for proper lubrication and cooling when the pump is operating.

Lantern rings will be located at the inner ends of the stuffing boxes, to avoid having to remove them when replacing pump packing.

Wear rings will be bronze and easily replaceable to restore original pump efficiency and eliminate the need to replace the entire pump casing due to wear.

Bid #: 951 43
Packet Page 244
0816447 Trans, Pump, Waterous C22 Series PUMP TRANSMISSION The pump transmission will be made of a three (3) piece, aluminum, horizontally split casing.

Power transfer to pump will be through a high strength Morse HY-VO silent drive chain. By the use of a chain rather than gears, 50% of the sprocket will be accepting or transmitting torque, compared to two (2) or three (3) teeth doing all the work.

Drive shafts will be 2.35" diameter hardened and ground alloy steel and supported by ball bearings. The case will be designed to eliminate the need for water cooling. 0635600 Pumping Mode, Stationary Only

PUMPING MODE
An interlock system will be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. The interlock system will be designed to allow stationary pumping only.
0605126 Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split
Shaft, Interlocked, Waterous

AIR PUMP SHIFT
Pump shift engagement will be made by a two (2) position sliding collar, actuated pneumatically (by air pressure), with a three (3) position air control switch located in the cab. A manual back-up shift control will also be located on the left side pump panel.

Two (2) indicator lights will be provided adjacent to the pump shift inside the cab. One (1) green light will indicate the pump shift has been completed and be labeled "pump engaged". The second green light will indicate when the pump has been engaged, and that the chassis transmission is in pump gear. This indicator light will be labeled "OK to pump".

The pump shift will be interlocked to prevent the pump from being shifted out of gear when the chassis transmission is in gear to meet NFPA requirements.

The pump shift control in the cab will be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements. 0003148 Transmission Lock-up, EVS TRANSMISSION LOCK-UP
The direct gear transmission lock-up for the fire pump operation will engage automatically when the pump shift control in the cab is activated.
0004547 Auxiliary Cooling System

AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM
A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. The heat exchanger will be a separate unit. It will be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. The exchanger will be plumbed to the master drain valve. 0014486 Not Required, Transfer Valve, Single
Stage Pump
0746501 Valve, Relief Intake, Elkhart INTAKE RELIEF VALVE - PUMP There will be One (1) Elkhart Style 40 relief valve(s) installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 125 psig.

The relief valve(s) will have a working range of 75 psi to 250 psi.

The outlet will terminate below the frame rails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and will have a "do not cap" warning tag.

The relief valve pressure control will be located behind the right side pump panel with a stainless steel access door.

Bid #: 951 44
Packet Page 245
0826104 Controller, Pressure, FRC, Pump
Boss Max, PBA500

PRESSURE CONTROLLER
A FRC Pump Boss 500 electronic pressure controller with one (1) 600 PSI transducer on the pump discharge will be provided. All readouts will be standard PSI.

When a single 300 psi or single 600 psi pressure transducer is selected the transducer is installed in the discharge side of the water pump. The transducer continuously monitors pump pressure sending a signal to the electronic pressure controller.

When a dual 600 psi pressure transducer is selected the transducer are installed in the discharge side and intake side of the water pump. The discharge transducer continuously monitors pump pressure sending a signal to the electronic pressure controller. The intake transducer continuously monitors the pump intake sending a signal to the electronic pressure controller.

The pressure controller can be used in two (2) modes of operation, RPM mode and pressure modes. The controller will be programmed to turn on/default to RPM Setting mode.

In RPM mode, the controller can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set. When in this mode, the controller will maintain the set engine speed, regardless of engine load (within engine operation capabilities).

In pressure mode, the controller can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set. When in this mode, the controller will automatically maintain the discharge pressure set by the operator (within the discharge capabilities of the pump and water supply) regardless of flow.

A 2.00" diameter throttle control knob with no mechanical stops, a serrated grip, and a red idle push button in the center will be a integrated/part of the pressure controller. The throttle control knob will be programmed for Counter Clockwise rotation to increase engine speed.

Individual LED indicators for ok to pump, throttle ready, pressure mode and rpm mode will be located on the pressure controller for easy viewing.

Safety features include recognition of low water and no water conditions with an automatic programmed response and a push button to return the engine to idle.

An additional audible alarm will NOT BE provided.

The pressure controller screen will be LCD. The LCD screen and LED intensity will be automatically adjust for day and nighttime operation. The LCD screen intensity can also be manually adjusted if needed.

The following information will be provided/displayed on the LCD screen:

Engine RPM
Check engine and stop engine warning indicators
Engine oil pressure
Engine coolant temperature
Transmission Temp
Battery voltage
Operating mode (RPM or pressure)
Pressure or RPM setting
On screen messaging show diagnostic and warning messages as they occur. It will show apparatus information, stored data, and program options when selected by the operator. It will monitor inputs outputs and support audible and visual warning alarms for the following conditions:

High battery voltage
Low battery voltage/engine off
Low battery voltage/engine running
High water pump temperature
Low engine oil pressure
High engine coolant temperature
No engine response (visual alarm only)
The pressure controller will store the accumulated operating hours for the pump and engine.

These items are to be displayed within the pressure controller menu.

The pressure controller will include a USB port on the back of the controller for easy software upgrades if needed.
0621185 Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air
operated, Auto w/Gauge

PRIMING PUMP
The priming pump will be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency, multistage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel construction.

One (1) priming control will open the priming valve and start the pump primer. The control will have a three position switch for automatic, off or test. In the sentry mode (automatic) the primer will sense when the pump losses discharge pressure and start the pump primer. The primer will automatically stop once the pump has pressure.

A vacuum gauge will indicate the vertical elevation of water in feet during priming operation. 0044552 Line, 0.50" Recirculating w/Check
Valve

RECIRCULATING LINE WITH CHECK VALVE
A 0.50" diameter recirculating line, from the pump to the water tank, will be furnished with a control installed at the pump operator's control panel. A check valve will be provided in this line to prevent the back flow of water from the tank to the pump if the valve is left in the open position. 0780364 Manuals, Pump, (2) Total, Electronic
Copies

PUMP MANUALS
There will be a total of two (2) pump manuals provided by the pump manufacturer and furnished with the apparatus. The manuals will be provided by the pump manufacturer in the form of two (2) electronic copies. Each manual will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts.

Bid #: 951 45
Packet Page 246
0602512 Plumbing, Stainless Steel and Hose,
Single Stage Pump, Control Zone

PLUMBING, STAINLESS STEEL AND HOSE
All inlet and outlet lines will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe, flexible polypropylene tubing or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi-tensile polyester braid. All hose's will be equipped with brass or stainless steel couplings. All stainless steel hard plumbing will be a minimum of a schedule 10 wall thickness.

Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings.

Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel.

All piping lines are to be drained through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All drain lines will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame.

All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing.

All piping, hose and fittings will have a minimum of a 500 PSI hydrodynamic pressure rating. 0795135 Plumbing, Stainless Steel, w/Foam
System

FOAM SYSTEM PLUMBING
All piping that is in contact with the foam concentrate or foam/water solution will be stainless steel. The fittings will be stainless steel or brass. Cast iron pump manifolds will be allowed. 0004645 Inlets, 6.00" - 1250 GPM or Larger
Pump

MAIN PUMP INLETS
A 6.00" pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump.
0014650 Pump Suction Tube(s), Short, All

SHORT SUCTION TUBE(S)
The suction tube(s) on the water pump will have short suction tube(s) installed to allow for installation of adapters, elbows or intake valves without excessive overhang. 0004646 Cap, Main Pump Inlet, Long Handle,

NST, VLH

MAIN PUMP INLET CAP
The main pump inlets will have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap.

The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0084610 Valves, Akron 8000 series- All

VALVES
All ball valves will be Akron® Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8000 series heavy-duty style with a stainless steel ball and a simple two-seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve.

Valves will have a ten (10) year warranty.
0016158 Valve, Inlet(s) Recessed, Side Cntrl,
"Control Zone"
The location of the valve for the two (2) inlets will be recessed behind the pump panel. 0004700 Control, Inlet, at Valve

INLET CONTROL
The side auxiliary inlet(s) will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the inlet valve. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. 0004660 Inlet (1), Left Side, 2.50"

LEFT SIDE INLET
There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the left side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0004680 Inlet, Right Side, 2.50"

RIGHT SIDE INLET
There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the right side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0034720 Anode, Zinc, Pair, Pump Inlets

ANODE, INLET
A pair of sacrificial zinc anodes will be provided in the water pump inlets to protect the pump from corrosion.
0092569 No Rear Inlet (Large Dia) Requested

0064116 No Rear Inlet Actuation Required

0092696 Not Required, Cap, Rear Inlet

0009648 No Rear Intake Relief Valve Required
on Rear Inlet
Bid #: 951 46
Packet Page 247
0092568 No Rear Auxiliary Inlet Requested

0723049 Valve, .75" Bleeder, Aux. Side Inlet,
"T" Swing Handle

INLET BLEEDER VALVE
A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a "T" swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0029043 Tank to Pump, (1) 3.00" Valve, 3.00"
Plumbing

TANK TO PUMP
The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with stainless steel piping and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel.

Tank to pump line will run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and angle down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing.

A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank.
0004905 Outlet, Tank Fill, 1.50"

TANK REFILL
A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re-circulation line will be provided, using a quarter-turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. 0062133 Control, Outlets, Manual, Pierce HW
if applicable

DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS
The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve.

If a handwheel control valve is used, the control will be a minimum of a 3.9" diameter stainless steel handwheel with a dial position indicator built in to the center of the handwheel.

Any 3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow-operating valve in accordance with NFPA

16.7.5.3. 0004940 Outlet, Left Side, 2.50"

LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be Two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. 0005091 Elbow, Left Side Outlets, 45 Degree,

2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH

LEFT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the left side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092570 Not Required, Outlets, Left Side
Additional
0035094 Not Required, Elbow, Left Side
Outlets, Additional
0004945 Outlet, Right Side, 2.50"

RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be One (1) discharge outlet with a 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. 0025091 Elbow, Right Side Outlets, 45
Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST,
VLH

RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the right side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092571 Not Required, Outlets, Right Side
Additional
0089584 Not Required, Elbow, Right Side
Outlets, Additional
Bid #: 951 47
Packet Page 248
0816625 Outlet, Large Diameter, Right Side,
Akron Valve

LARGE DIAMETER DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be an Akron 8800 4.00" flat ball valve with 4.00" plumbing terminating with a 4.00" MNST chrome adapter on the right side pump panel.

The valve will be controlled with a(n) Pierce large handwheel with indicator located at the pump operator's panel.
0005097 Elbow, Large Dia Outlet, 30 Deg,

4.00" FNST x 5.00" Storz

LARGE DIAMETER OUTLET ELBOWS
The 4.00" outlet(s) will be furnished with one (1) 4.00" (F) National Standard hose thread x 5.00" Storz elbow adapter with Storz cap.
0649939 Outlet, Front, 1.50" w/2" Plumbing FRONT DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be one (1) 1.50" discharge outlet piped to the front of the apparatus and located on the top of the right side of the front bumper.

Plumbing will consist of 2.00" piping and flexible hose with a 2.00" ball valve with control at the pump operator's panel. A fabricated weldment made of stainless steel pipe will be used in the plumbing where appropriate. The piping will terminate with a 1.50" NST with 90 degree stainless steel swivel.

There will be automatic drains provided at all low points of the piping. 0004995 Outlet, Rear, 2.50"

REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be One (1) discharge outlet piped to the rear of the hose bed, left side, installed so proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel. 0045091 Elbow, Rear Outlets, 45 Degree,

2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH

REAR OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located at the rear of the apparatus will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092574 Not Required, Outlet, Rear,
Additional
0085695 Not Required, Elbow, Rear Outlets,
Large, Additional
0004990 Outlet, Front HB, 2.50" w/2.50"
Plumbing

FRONT OF HOSE BED DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be One (1) discharge outlet discharge(s) piped to the front of the hose bed and located IN FRONT OF HOSEBED #3. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping with a 2.50" full-flow ball valve controlled at the pump operator's panel. The discharge(s) will terminate with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.
0752097 Caps/Plugs for 1.00" to 3.00"
Discharges/Inlets, Chain

DISCHARGE CAPS/ INLET PLUGS
Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chain will be furnished for all discharge outlets 1.00" thru

3.00" in size, besides the pre-connected hose outlets.

Chrome plated, rocker lug, plugs with chain will be furnished for all auxiliary inlets 1.00" thru 3.00" in size.

The caps and plugs will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0723042 Valve, 0.75" Bleeder, Discharges, "T"
Swing Handle

OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE
A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a T swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position.

The T swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0638545 Outlet, 3.00" Deluge Riser, Elkhart
Valve w/Handwheel

DELUGE RISER
A 3.00" deluge riser will be installed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be mounted and used effectively. Piping will be installed securely so no movement develops when the line is charged. The riser will be gated and controlled at the pump operator's panel. The outlet will include an Elkhart Unibody valve with a Pierce handwheel control.

Bid #: 951 48
Packet Page 249
0543581 Monitor, Elkhart Stinger 8297-98, No
Ground Base

MONITOR
An Elkhart Model 8297-98 "Stinger" monitor will be properly installed on the deluge riser. This monitor will include the fixed base only. The monitor will be painted to match the lower body. 0046998 Nozzle, Elkhart SM-1250, Manual,
ST-194 Tips and 282A shaper

MONITOR NOZZLE
An Elkhart #SM-1250 Select-O-Matic manual pattern control master stream nozzle will be provided.

Also included is an Elkhart ST-194 Quad stack tips and 282A shaper. 0544561 Mount, Elkhart #8298 (for Elkhart
Stinger), Adapter, Flange

MONITOR MOUNTING BASE
An Elkhart Model 8298 deck mount base for an Elkhart "Stinger" monitor will be properly installed on the deluge riser via the 3.00" four bolt flange. The base will NOT BE PAINTED per the manufacturers recommendations.
0723726 Speedlay Module Not Required

0722432 Hose Restraint Not Required, No
Speedlay Module
0723395 Speedlays, Not Required

0723394 Speedlays, Not Required

0029210 Crosslays Sngl Sheet, (2+) 1.50",
Spl. Cap/Arrangement
CROSSLAY HOSE BEDS, 1.50"
Two (2) crosslays with 1.50" outlets will be provided. Each bed to be capable of carrying full height to match the deadlay, both crosslays no wider than 7.25" clear and will be plumbed with

2.00" i.d. pipe and gated with a 2.00" quarter turn ball valve.

Outlets to be equipped with a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus.

The crosslay controls will be at the pump operator's panel.

The center crosslay dividers will be fabricated of .25" aluminum and will provide adjustment from side to side. The divider will be unpainted with a brushed finish.

Vertical scuffplates, constructed of stainless steel, will be provided at the front and rear ends of the bed on each side of vehicle.

Crosslay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. 0092183 Deadlay(s) No Plumbing, Spl
Capacity,

DEADLAY HOSE BEDS
One (1) deadlay bed, without plumbing, will be provided above the pump compartment capable of carrying the clear width set at 7.25", match the height of the front crosslay bed, and make the deadlay the rear most compartment.

The center crosslay dividers will be fabricated of .25" aluminum and will provide adjustment from side to side. The divider will be unpainted with a DA finish. The remainder of the crosslay bed will be painted job color.

Stainless steel vertical scuffplates will be provided at hose bed ends (each side of vehicle).

Bottom of hose bed ends (each side) will also be equipped with a stainless steel scuffplate.

Deadlay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. 0751312 Hose Restraint, Crosslays, Vinyl, (2)
Seat Belt Buckle, Tether Release

CROSSLAY/DEADLAY HOSE RESTRAINT
A black vinyl cover restraint will be provided across the ends of crosslay(s)/deadlay(s) to secure the hose during travel. The webbing assembly is to be attached at the bottom of the crosslay (s)/deadlay(s) with footman loops as a permanent attachment and is attached at the top outside corners with two (2) seat belt buckles. The female end is permanently attached above the crosslay(s)/deadlay(s) and the male end attached to the webbing.

There will be a metal bar, to connect the buckles, and an attached web strap, to allow a single pull release.

The color of the release strap will be orange.
0029260 Not Required, Speedlays

0750536 Hose Restr, Spdly, Not Required, No
Spdly
0615255 Cover, Crosslay, 3/16" Alum
Treadplate, Front Hinge

CROSSLAY COVER
A hinged .19" aluminum treadplate cover will be installed over the crosslay hose beds. It will include a latch at each end of the cover to hold it securely in place, a chrome grab handle at each end for opening and closing the cover and a foam rubber gasket where the cover comes into contact to a painted surface.

The cover will be provided with rubber latch hold open device.

The hinge will be to the front of the hose beds.

Bid #: 951 49
Packet Page 250
0019853 Crosslays, 8.00" Lower Than
Standard - Control Zone w/9.00"
Raised PH
CROSSLAY 8.00" LOWER THAN STANDARD
The crosslays will be lowered 8.00" from standard.
0005216 Reel, Booster, Aluminum - Over
Pump, Left Side

BOOSTER HOSE REEL
A Hannay electric rewind booster hose reel will be installed over the pump in a recessed open compartment on the left side of the apparatus. Reel will be fabricated of aluminum and have highly polished end discs.

A polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly will be mounted on the reel side of the apparatus.

Discharge control will be provided at the pump operator's panel. Plumbing to the reel will consist of 1.50" Aeroquip hose and a 1.50" valve.
0005280 Switches, Reel Rewind - (1) Each
Pump Panel
Reel motor will be protected from overload with a circuit breaker rated to match the motor.

Two (2) electric rewind control switches will be provided, one (1) installed on each pump panel. 0075300 Hose, Booster - 100' of 1.00"/800 PSI

Booster hose, 1.00" diameter and 100 feet, with chrome plated Barway, or equal couplings will be provided.

Working pressure of the booster hose will be a minimum of 800 psi. 0585265 SP Capacity, Hose Reel 125' of 1"

Capacity of the hose reel will be 125 feet of 1.00" booster hose. 0007428 Nozzle for Booster Reel Not Req'd

0515688 Gauge, Hose Reel, (Match Panel
Gauges)

PRESSURE GAUGE
There will be a pressure gauge provided for one (1) hose reel(s). The gauge will be located per pump panel layout. The gauge will match the discharge outlet gauges. 0021954 Cutout for Reel Access, One, w/ S/S
Trim

HOSEREEL ACCESS
A cutout will be provided in the side sheet next to the booster hose reel. This cutout will allow access to the hose and provide a window to view the reel. Stainless steel trim will be mounted horizontally and vertically around the cutout.
0622237 Roller Assembly, Additional There will be one (1) additional polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly mounted right side.

Bid #: 951 50
Packet Page 251
0624939 Foam Sys, Husky 3, Single Agent,
Multi Select Feature
HUSKY 3 FOAM PROPORTIONER
A Pierce Husky® 3 foam proportioning system will be provided. The Husky 3 is an on demand, automatic proportioning, single point, direct injection system suitable for all types of Class A and B foam concentrates, including the high viscosity (6000 cps), alcohol resistant Class B foams.

Operation will be based on direct measurement of water flow, and remain consistent within the specified flows and pressures. The system will automatically proportion foam solution at rates from .1 percent to 3 percent regardless of variations in water pressure and flow, up to the maximum rated capacity of the foam concentrate pump.

The design of the system will allow operation from draft, hydrant, or relay operation.

System Capacity
The system will have the ability to deliver the following minimum foam solution flow rates at accuracies that meet or exceed NFPA requirements at a pump rating of 150 psi. 100 gpm @ 3 percent
300 gpm @ 1 percent
600 gpm @ 0.5 percent
Class A foam setting in 0.1 percent increments from 0.1 percent to 1 percent. Typical settings of 1 percent, 0.5 percent and 0.3 percent (maximum capacity will be limited to the plumbing and water pump capacity).

Control System
The system will be equipped with a digital electronic control display located on the pump operator's panel. Push button controls will be integrated into the panel to turn the system on/off, control the foam percentage, and to set the operation modes.

The percent of injection will have a preset. This preset can be changed at the fire department as desired. The percent of injection will be able to be easily changed at the scene to adjust to changing demands.

Three (3) .50 tall LEDs will display the foam percentage in numeric characters. Three (3) indicator LEDs will also be included, one (1) green, one (1) red, and one (1) yellow. The LEDs will indicate various system operation or error states.

The indications will be:

Solid Green - System On
Solid Red - Valve Position Error
Solid Yellow - Priming System
Flashing Green - Injecting Foam
Flashing Red - Low Tank Level
Flashing Yellow - Refilling Tank
The control display will house a microprocessor, which receives input from the systems water flow meter while also monitoring the position of the foam concentrate pump. The microprocessor will compare the values of the water flow versus the position/rate of the foam pump, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate. One (1) check valve will be installed in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump.

Hydraulic Drive System
The foam concentrate pump will be powered by an electric over hydraulic drive system. The hydraulic system and motor will be integrated into one (1) unit.

Foam Concentrate Pump
The foam concentrate pump will be of positive displacement, self-priming; linear actuated design, driven by the hydraulic system. The pump will be constructed of brass body; chrome plated stainless steel shaft, with a stainless steel piston. In order to increase longevity of the pump, no aluminum will be present in its construction.

A relief system will be provided which is designed to protect the drive system components and prevent over pressuring the foam concentrate pump.

The foam concentrate pump will have minimum capacity for 3 gpm with all types of foam concentrates with a viscosity at or below 6000 cps including protein, fluoroprotein, AFFF, FFFP, or AR-AFFF. The system will deliver only the amount of foam concentrate flow required, without recirculating foam back to the storage tank. Recirculating foam concentrate back to the storage tank can cause agitation and premature foaming of the concentrate, which can result in system failure. The foam concentrate pump will be self-priming and have the ability to draw foam concentrate from external supplies such as drums or pails.

External Foam Concentrate Connection
An external foam pick-up will be provided to enable use of a foam agent that is not stored on the vehicle. The external foam pick-up will be designed to allow continued operation after the onboard foam tank is empty, or the use of foam different than the foam in the foam tank.

Panel Mounted External Pick-Up Connection / Valve
A bronze three (3)-way valve will be provided. The unit will be mounted to the pump panel. The valve unit will function as the foam system tank to pump valve and external suction valve. The external foam pick-up will be one (1) 0.75" male connection GHT (garden hose thread) with a cap.

Pick-Up Hose
A 0.75" flexible hose with an end for insertion into foam containers will be provided. The hose will be supplied with a 0.75" female swivel GHT (garden hose thread) swivel connector. The hose will be shipped loose.

Discharges
The foam system will be plumbed to the right side of front bumper, front of hose bed right side, hose reel in left side of dunnage area, left rear outlet, front crosslay and center crosslay.

System Electrical Load
The maximum current draw of the electric motor and system will be no more than 55 amperes at 12 VDC.
0012126 Not Required, CAF Compressor

Bid #: 951 51
Packet Page 252
0592527 Refill, Foam Tank, Integral, Husky 3

SINGLE FOAM TANK REFILL
The foam system's proportioning pump will be used to fill the foam tank. This will allow use of the auxiliary foam pick-up to pump the foam from pails or a drum on the ground into the foam tank. A foam shut-off switch will be installed in the fill dome of the tank to shut the system down when the tank is full. The fill operation will be controlled by a mode in the foam system controller. While the proportioner pump is filling the tank, the controller will display a flashing yellow LED to indicate that the tank is filling. When the tank is full, as determined by the float switch in the tank dome, the pump will stop and the controller will shut the yellow LED off. If it attempted to use tank fill and the refill valve and suction valve are in the wrong position(s), then a red LED will illuminate to indicate the improper valve position(s). When the valves are positioned properly, then filling will commence.
0031896 Demonstration, Foam System, Dealer
Provided
0005446 Foam Cell, 20 Gallon, Not Reduce
Water

FOAM TANK
The foam tank will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of 20 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class A foam. The foam cell will not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid.
0697589 Drain, 1.00", Foam Tank #1, Husky 3
Foam System, Quarter Turn

FOAM TANK DRAIN
The foam tank drain will be a 1.00" quarter turn drain valve located inside the pump/plumbing compartment.
0091079 Not Required, Foam Tank #2

0091112 Not Required, Foam Tank #2 Drain

0738072 Approval Dwg, Pump Panel(s), Not
Required
0032479 Pump Panel Configuration, Control
Zone

PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION
The pump panel configuration will be arranged and installed in an organized manner that will provide user-friendly operation.
0629252 Material, Pump Panels, Side Control
Black Vinyl

PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL
The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of aluminum with a black vinyl finish. A polished aluminum trim molding will be provided around each panel. 0664612 Panel, Pump Access - Vertical
Hinged, Right Side, Hinged Left Side
Gauge Pnl
The right side pump panel will be vertically hinged and fastened with lift and turn fasteners. The left side operators pump panel will be secured using screws. The upper left side gauge panel will be horizontally hinged and fastened with lift and turn latches. 0583824 Light, Pump Compt, Wln 3SC0CDCR
LED White

PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT
There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model 3SC0CDCR, 3.00" white 12 volt DC LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, flange(s) installed in the pump compartment. 0586382 Gauges, Engine, Included With
Pressure Controller
Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators will be incorporated with the pressure controller.

Also provided at the pump panel will be the following:
- Master Pump Drain Control
0005601 Throttle, Engine, Incl'd w/Press
Controller
0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel,
Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure
Gov/Throttle,Green

THROTTLE READY GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light integrated with the pressure governor and/or engine throttle installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in throttle ready mode. 0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with
Pressure Controller
0745568 Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To
Pump, Green

OK TO PUMP INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in Ok To Pump mode.

Bid #: 951 52
Packet Page 253
0049174 Compartment, Cab Lift Control, Pump
Panel, S/S Door

COMPARTMENT, CAB LIFT CONTROL PANEL
A compartment will be provided at the pump panel, left side. This compartment will be large enough to house the control panel for the cab lift. A stainless steel door will be provided. 0553643 Control, Air Horn at Pmp Pnl, Red
Switch, Momentary

AIR HORN SWITCH
An air horn control switch will be provided at the pump operator's control panel. This switch will be momentary red and properly labeled. The switch will be located within easy reach of the operator in the electrical switch panel.
0081262 Drains, RS, Keep Area Under Main
Inlet Clear

RIGHT SIDE DRAINS
The drains on the right side pump panel will be located to keep the area under the main pump inlet clear for customer installed piston intake valve. 0066121 Drains, LS, Keep Area Under Main
Inlet Clear

DRAINS, LEFT SIDE
The drains on the left side pump panel will be located to keep the area under the main pump inlet clear for customer installed piston intake valve.
0005689 Gauges, 4.50" Master, Class 1, 30"-0
-600psi

VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES
The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1 Incorporated ©.

The gauges will be a minimum of 4.50" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#.

The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel.

Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One will be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have 0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and polished stainless steel plugs. They will be marked with a label.
0511100 Gauge, 2.00" Pressure, Class 1, 30"-
0-400psi

They will be a minimum of 2.00" in diameter and have white faces with black lettering.

Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut.

Gauges will have a pressure range of 30"-0-400#.

The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical.

This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube.
0607159 Gauge, Water Level, FRC, WLA 300-
A00, TankVision Pro

WATER LEVEL GAUGE
A Fire Research TankVision Pro model WLA300-A00 water tank indicator gauge will be installed on the pump operators panel. The gauge kit will include an electronic indicator module, a pressure sensor, and a 10' sensor cable. The gauge will show the volume of water in the tank on nine (9) easy to see super bright RGB LEDs. A wide view lens over the LEDs will provide for a viewing angle of 180 degrees. The gauge case will be waterproof, manufactured of Polycarbonate/Nylon material, and have a distinctive blue label.

The program features will be accessed from the front of the indicator module. The program will support self-diagnostics capabilities, self-calibration, six (6) programmable colored light patterns to display tank volume, adjustable brightness control levels and a data link to connect remote indicators. Low water warnings will include flashing LEDs at 1/4 tank and down chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty.

The gauge will receive an input signal from an electronic pressure sensor. The sensor will be mounted from the outside of the water tank near the bottom. No probe will be placed on the interior of the tank. Wiring will be weather resistant and have automotive type plug-in connectors. 0084763 Gauge, Ernst Sight Water Level,
w/Red Ball, IATS

WATER LEVEL GAUGE, ADDITIONAL
An additional water level gauge will be provided. An Ernst sight tube water level indicator with a floating red ball will be mounted on the gauge panel with an unrestricted view for the operator. 0604028 Water Level Gauge, FRC, MaxVision
WLA280-A00 Programmable Remote
Display

ADDITIONAL WATER LEVEL GAUGE
There will be two (2) additional Fire Research MaxVision model WLA280-A00 water tank remote indicators provided and installed UPPER AREA BEHIND CREW CAB DOORS, PLACE 2.00' BELOW THE UPPER M6 LIGHT. The indicators will show the volume of water in the tank on Ninety six (96) easy to see super bright Tri-color LEDs. The indicator case will be waterproof, manufactured of Polycarbonate material with an integrated lens.

The remote indicator will indicate the level as a single color in Red for 25% or less, Amber color for up to 50% volume, Blue color for up to 75% volume and Green color for up to 100% volume.

When the level reaches 25%, the red LEDs will begin flashing. When the level is empty, the red LEDs will scroll in a down-chasing motion and then flash three times.

The flash rate will be determined by the main water tank sensor.

It will have the program capability to adjust the brightness level for day time and night time viewing. The LEDs can also be programmed for different colors.

This module will be activated when the pump is in gear.

Bid #: 951 53
Packet Page 254
0604354 Gauge, Foam Level, FRC, Tank
Vision Pro, WLA 360-A00, Class "A"

CLASS "A" FOAM LEVEL GAUGE
A Fire Research TankVision Pro model WLA360-A00 cell/tank level indicator kit will be installed on the pump operators panel. The kit will include an electronic indicator module, a pressure sensor, a 10' sensor cable and a tank vent. The indicator will show the volume of Class "A" foam concentrate in the cell/tank on nine (9) easy to see super bright RGB LEDs. A wide view lens over the LEDs will provide for a viewing angle of 180 degrees. The indicator case will be waterproof, manufactured of Polycarbonate/Nylon material and have a distinctive green label.

The program features will be accessed from the front of the indicator module. The program will support self-diagnostics capabilities, self-calibration, six (6) programmable colored light patterns to display cell/tank volume, adjustable brightness control levels and a data link to connect remote indicators. Low foam level warnings will include flashing LEDs at 1/4 cell/tank and down chasing LEDs when the cell/tank is almost empty.

The indicator will receive an input signal from an electronic pressure sensor. The sensor will be mounted from the outside of the foam cell/tank near the bottom. No probe will be placed on the interior of the cell/tank. Wiring will be weather resistant and have automotive type plug-in connectors.
0682503 Light Shield/Step 8", LED, P25 LED
Stp Lt

STEP/LIGHT SHIELD
There will be an aluminum treadplate stepping surface no less than 8.00" deep and properly reinforced to support a man's weight, installed over the pump operators panel.

There will be 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the step to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house.

One (1) pump panel light will come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode.

There will be a light activated above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is applied. This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control panel.

There will be one (1) white LED, step light provided above this step. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each step light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light. The step light will be activated by the pump panel light switch.
0606694 Air Horns, (2) Hadley, 6" Round,
eTone, In Bumper

AIR HORN SYSTEM
Two (2) Hadley®, eTone, chrome air horns will be recessed in the front bumper. The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system. 0606835 Location, Air Horns, Bumper, Each
Side, Outside Frame, Outboard (Pos
#1 & #7)
Air Horn Location
The air horns will be located on each side of the bumper, towards the outside. 0757092 Control, Air Horn, Multi Select

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
0757081 Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, LS

Left side foot switch
0723391 Control, Air Horn, Chrome Push
Button Sw, RS
Right side chrome push button switch
0819024 Siren, Wln 295HFS2 Remote, Single
Amp, Other Speaker, Non-NFPA
2024

ELECTRONIC SIREN
A Whelen 295HFS2, electronic remote siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided.

This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on.

NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, Section 10.8.1.1 requires the siren manufacturer to certify the siren as meeting the requirements of SAE J1849, Emergency Vehicle Sirens.

Per the fire department specification, the siren and siren speaker come from separate manufacturers and a certification is therefore not valid. The apparatus will be non compliant to NFPA 1900 standards at time of contract execution.
0510206 Location, Elect Siren, Recessed
Overhead In Console

Electronic siren head will be recessed in the driver side inside switch panel. 0076156 Control, Elec Siren, Head Only The electronic siren will be controlled on the siren head only. No horn button or foot switches will be provided.
0601330 Speaker, (1) Federal, ES100C
w/ESFMT-EF Recess Mnt & S/S
Grille

SPEAKER
There will be one (1) Federal Signal DynaMax®, Model ES100, 100 watt speaker provided. The speaker will use a Federal Signal, Model ESFMT-EF, recess mount with stainless steel grille. The speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier.

Bid #: 951 54
Packet Page 255
0601556 Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper,
Recessed, Left Side, Outside Frame,
Inbrd (Pos 6)
The speaker will be recessed in the left side of the front bumper, just outside of the frame rail. 0895310 Siren, Federal Q2B

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q2B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q2B will be chrome finish.

The siren will have a 2-gauge cable connected to a power solenoid that is connected by a 2- gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q2B+ at the battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

The siren will have a 2-gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q2B- at the battery.
0665593 Siren, Mechanical, Recessed In
Bumper, Special Recessing Depth,
EF Grille
The mechanical siren will be recessed behind the front bumper on the right side. The siren will be supported by the bumper framework. The Federal, Model MSFMT-EF, grille will be used on the front bumper in place of the standard Q2B mechanical siren grille. 0748305 Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
0748282 Control, Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS Left side foot switch. 0731979 Control Mech Siren, Push Button Sw,
Chrome, RS
Right side chrome push button switch.
0740391 Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Chrome
Push Button, RS
A momentary chrome push button switch will be included in the right side dash panel to activate the siren brake.
0740834 Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Red, LS
Overhead Sw Pnl
A momentary red switch will be included in the left side overhead switch panel to activate the siren brake.
0746353 Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
0768755 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-D, 81",
RRRRRWRWROptRWRWRRRRR

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be an 81.00" Whelen® Freedom™ IV LED lightbar mounted on the cab roof.

The lightbar will include the following:

One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side rear corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side end position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side front corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side first front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side second front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the left side third front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side fourth front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the left side fifth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side sixth front position.

One (1) 795 LED traffic light controller set to national standard high priority in the center position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side sixth front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the right side fifth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side fourth front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the right side third front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side second front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side first front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side front corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side end position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side rear corner position.

There will be clear lenses included on the lightbar.

The following switches may be installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar:
a switch to control the flashing LED modules
the traffic light controller will be by a cab switch with emergency master control there will be a passenger's side momentary cab switch with no emergency master control to activate the traffic light controller
The four (4) white flashing LED modules and the traffic light controller will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.

The eight (8) red flashing LED modules in the front positions and two (2) red flashing LED modules in the rear corner positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

Bid #: 951 55
Packet Page 256
0666770 Lights, Side Zone Upper, Wln M6*
LED

SIDE ZONE UPPER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6* LED flashing lights provided, one (1) each side of the crew cab. The lights will be located in the raised roof section, UPPER CREW CAB EACH SIDE AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE, KEEP ABOVE THE TANK LEVEL GAUGE of the crew cab doors. Each light will be mounted with a Whelen, Model M6FC chrome flange.

The color of the lights will be red LED/clear lens.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0899300 Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6** M6RS
M6RS M6**, Inside Steady Burn, 4lts
Q Bez

FRONT ZONE LOWER LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Whelen®, 4.31" high x 6.75" wide x 1.37" deep lights installed on the cab face above the headlights, in a common bezel matching the one for the headlamps per the following.

One (1) Model M6** flashing light installed in the left side outside position. The left side outside warning light to include red LEDs.

One (1) Model M6RS steady burning light installed in the left side inside position. The light will include red LEDs.

One (1) Model M6RS steady burning light installed in the right side inside position. The light will include red LEDs.

One (1) Model M6** flashing light installed in the right side outside position. The right side outside warning light to include red LEDs.

The lens color(s) to be clear.

The housing to be polished and the trim shall be chrome.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.

There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.

The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi-beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set.
0895940 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln,
Separated into Front, Middle, Rear

0895907 Lights, Side Zone Lower Front, Wln
M6**

SIDE ZONE LOWER FRONT WARNING
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following:

There will be one (1) each side on the bumper extension.

The left side, side front light to include red warning LEDs.

The right side, side front light to include red warning LEDs.

The warning light lens color(s) to be clear.

The lights will be activated with a switch in the cab on the switch panel. 0895781 Lights, Side Zone Lower Middle, Wln
M6*

SIDE ZONE LOWER MIDDLE WARNING
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following:

There will be one (1) each side of cab rearward of crew cab doors.

The left side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs.

The right side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs.

The warning light lens color(s) to be clear.

The lights will be activated with a switch in the cab on the switch panel. 0889306 Lights, Side Zone Lower Rear, Wln
M6V2**

SIDE ZONE LOWER REAR WARNING
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6V2**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 2.5" deep flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following:

There will be one (1) each side, centered above rear wheels.

The left side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs.

The right side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs.

The warning light lens color(s) to be clear .

The warning LEDs will be activated with a switch in the cab on the switch panel.

The scene LEDs will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and when the left directional signal is activated, the left scene lights will activate. When the right directional signal is activated, the right scene lights will activate. The scene LEDs may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0896616 Lights, Door Interior Flash, 4 Dr Cab,
Weldon 8401-0000-20 Strip Light

INTERIOR CAB DOOR WARNING LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Weldon, Model 8401-0000-20, 16" long x 3/4" High x 5/8" deep amber 12 volt DC LED flashing strip lights provided.

One (1) light on the left side cab door.

One (1) light on the right side cab door.

One (1) light on the right side crew cab door.

One (1) light on the left side crew cab door.

Each light will be located over the door window..

Each light will be activated when the battery switch is on, respective door is opened and no other controls are on.

Each light will be installed so the flash pattern directs traffic away from the doors.

Bid #: 951 56
Packet Page 257
0815847 Connectors, Door Interior Flash, All
Cabs, Weatherproof

ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS FOR WARNING LIGHTS
The lights will be installed with a weatherproof insulated crimped connectors in order to provide ease of connection/disconnection of the circuit applied to. 0564655 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*C LED,
Clear Lens, For Tail Lt Housing

REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6*C, LED flashing warning lights located at the rear of the apparatus.

The driver's side rear light to be red
The passenger's side rear light to be red
Both lights will include a lens that is clear.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0686562 Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln MCFLED2*
LED

REAR UPPER ZONE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model MCFLED2* LED warning beacons provided at the rear of the truck, one (1) each side.

The color of the lights will be:

The rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red.

The rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red.

All lenses will be clear.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the beacons. 0006551 Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
0006615 Mounting, Rear Warn Lights, On Top
of Compartment
The rear warning lights will be mounted on top of the compartmentation with all wiring totally enclosed. The rear deck lights will be mounted on the beavertails as high as possible. 0791528 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65,

36.00" Long, TACTL5

TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model TAL65, 36.00" long x 2.87" high x 2.25" deep, amber LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.

The Whelen, Model TACTL5, control head will be included with this installation.

The controller will be energized when the battery switch is on.

The auxiliary flash to be activated when the emergency master switch is on. 0529858 Location, TDL, Recessed Within
Treadplate Step
This traffic directing light will be recessed within a treadplate step at the rear of the apparatus. 0530282 Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Overhead Switch Panel DS Right
End
The traffic directing light control head will be located in the driver side overhead switch panel in the right panel position.
0779722 Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr,
NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 1st, Interior
Body
120 VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be one (1), 15/20 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s) with an interior stainless steel wall plate, installed LS1 UPPER LEFT FORWARD WALL, MOUNT AT FINAL. The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be 5-20R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the shoreline inlet.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0519934 Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool
System
0649753 Not Required, PTO Driven Hydraulic
Tool System
0007150 Bag of Nuts and Bolts

LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:

One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit.
0779624 SP Monitor, Elkhart RAM XD, 500 GPM,
Shaper, Tips, Nozzle, Bracket

MONITOR, ELKHART RAM XD
one (1) Elkhart RAM XD monitor rated for 500 GPM complete with automatic nozzle (model #3896/RAN), stream shaper (model #282-A), stacked tips (model #ST-197-A), and mounting bracket (model #8296-MB).

Bid #: 951 57
Packet Page 258
0816508 NFPA Required Loose Equipment,
Pumper, NFPA/ULC 2024, Provided
by Fire Dept

NFPA LOOSE EQUIPMENT
NFPA Required Loose Equipment Provided by Fire Department The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, table 8.1 and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2 will be provided by the fire department:

One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front.

Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the

6.00" (152 mm) band.

Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.

NFPA Loose Equipment That Shall be Considered:

The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, appendix table A.8.4 (a) and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2 should be considered:
800 ft (60 m) of 2.50" (65 mm) or larger fire hose.
400 ft (120 m) of 1.50" (38 mm), 1.75" (45 mm), or 2.00" (52 mm) fire hose.

One (1) handline nozzle, 200 gpm (750 L/min) minimum.

Two (2) handline nozzles, 95 gpm (360 L/min) minimum.

One (1) smooth bore or combination nozzle with shutoff and with 2.50" (65 mm) inlet that flows a minimum of 250 gpm (950 L/min).

Four (4) SCBA apparatus
Four (4) SCBA spare cylinders
One (1) first aid kit.

Four (4) combination spanner wrenches.

Two (2) hydrant wrenches.

One (1) double female 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with national hose (NH) threads.

One (1) double male 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with national hose (NH) threads.

One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections.

Two (2) salvage covers each a minimum size of 12 ft × 18 ft (3.7 m × 5.5 m).

One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED).
0816941 Soft Suction Hose, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024

SOFT SUCTION HOSE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
Hose is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide suction or supply hose.
0027023 No Strainer Required
0533246 Extinguisher, 20 lb Dry Chemical

DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER
There will be One (1) extinguisher, 20 lb dry chemical extinguisher(s) provided. 0533277 Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized
Water

WATER EXTINGUISHER
One (1) extinguisher,, 2.50 gallon pressurized water, will be provided. 0688224 SP Axe, Flathead w/Wood Handle

FLATHEAD AXE
There will be one (1) axe provided. The axe will be a flathead axe with a wood handle and blade shield.
0688225 SP Axe, (1) Pickhead w/Wood Handles

PICKHEAD AXE
There will be one (1) axe provided. The axe will be a pickhead axe with a wood handle and pick cover.

Bid #: 951 58
Packet Page 259
0741569 Paint Process / Environmental
Requirements, Appleton

PAINT PROCESS
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows:

Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment - All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.

Surfacer Primer - The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a twocomponent high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded.

Finish Sanding - The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultrasmooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.

Sealer Primer - The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.

Basecoat Paint - Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment.

Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer.

After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color.

All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.

The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW15777 global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6 A.C.T. standard in critical areas. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request.

Environmental Impact
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions:

Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.

Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.

Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99 percent efficiency factor.

Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash systems will be 99.97 percent efficient.

Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean.

Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner.

Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal.

Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse.

Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations.
0709566 Paint, Two-Tone Color, Enforcer

TWO-TONE CAB PAINT
The cab will be painted two-tone with the upper section painted #101 black and the lower section painted #268 RED. There will be a standard two-tone cab paint break provided.

There will be a deep cab shield provided.
0709845 Paint, Single Color, Body BODY PAINT
The body will be painted to match the lower section of the cab.

Bid #: 951 59
Packet Page 260
0646897 Paint Chassis Frame Assy, E-Coat,
Standard

PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with primer and gloss paint to match the lower job color (or as otherwise stated in a secondary option) before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.

Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint:

Two (2) C-channel frame rails
Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted not e-coated are:

Cross members
Axles
Suspensions
Steering gear
Battery boxes
Bumper extension weldment
Frame extensions
Body mounting angles
Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
Pump house substructure
Steel fuel tank
Castings
Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0693798 Paint, Front Wheels FRONT WHEELS PAINT
All wheel surfaces, inside and outside, will be provided with powder coat paint #101 black. 0693793 Paint, Rear Wheels, Single Axle REAR WHEELS PAINT All wheel surfaces, inside and outside, will be provided with powder coat paint #101 black. 0733739 Paint, Axle Hubs

AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted black #101.
0581434 Transit Coating, Carwell, Corrosion
Protection, Including Underside

TRANSIT COATING
All non-painted metal surfaces on the exterior of the vehicle will be sprayed with a corrosion protective coating provided by Carwell. The coating can be removed with soap and water.

The coating is made of a linseed oil base and is biodegradable.

The underside non-painted metal surfaces will also be coated with a corrosion protective coating. 0007230 Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray

COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks.
0544129 Reflective Band, 1"-6"-1"

REFLECTIVE STRIPES
Three (3) reflective stripes will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. The reflective band will consist of a 1.00" black stripe at the top with a 1.00" gap then a

6.00" black stripe with a 1.00" gap and a 1.00" black stripe on the bottom. 0007356 Reflective across Cab Face

The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level. 0536954 Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond
Grade, Pumper

REAR CHEVRON STRIPING
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus. The rear surface, excluding the rear compartment door, will be covered.

The colors will be red and fluorescent yellow green diamond grade.

Each stripe will be 6.00" in width.

This will meet the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901, which states that 50% of the rear surface will be covered with chevron striping.
0079341 Jog, In Reflective Stripe "Hockey
Stick"

JOG IN REFLECTIVE STRIPE
There will be one (1) "Hockey Stick" style jog(s) in the reflective stripe located each side of the vehicle. Each stripe will be angled upward at approximately a 45 degree angle. 0027341 Jog, In Reflective Stripe, Single or
Multiple

JOG(S) IN REFLECTIVE BAND
The reflective band located on each side of the apparatus body will contain one (1) jog(s) and will be angled at approximately a 45 degrees when installed.

Bid #: 951 60
Packet Page 261
0065687 Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior

CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE
A 6.00" x 16.00" black reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel.

This stripe will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards. 0680371 Stripe, Gold Leaf, Two-Tone Paint
Break with Shield, IPO Chrome
Molding

CAB STRIPE
There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe provided on both sides of the cab in place of the chrome molding and on the cab face with shield.
0027372 Lettering Specifications, (GOLD
STAR Process)

LETTERING
The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two (2) layers of clear vinyl. 0686432 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 3.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be genuine gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be seven (7) letters provided.
0686256 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 4.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be genuine gold leaf lettering, 4.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 14 letters provided.
0683995 Lettering, Vinyl, 24.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be non-reflective vinyl lettering, 24.00" high, with no outline or shade provided. There will be three (3) letters provided.
0759768 SP Emblem, American Flag, B & W
w/one red stripe, Gerber Vision, Pair,
Mirror Image

EMBLEMS
There will be a pair of American flag emblems, Black and White with one Red stripe installed on the Upper crew cab door window. side crew cab window. The emblems will be mirror images of each other and made out of Gerber Vision material.
0772003 Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, USB
Flash Drive, Custom

FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL
There will be one (1) custom parts manual(s) in USB flash drive format for the complete fire apparatus provided.

The manual(s) will contain the following:

Job number
Part numbers with full descriptions
Table of contents
Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in alphabetical order
Instructions on how to locate parts
Each manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

Service Parts Internet Site
The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the Pierce website.

The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.
0772037 Manual, Chassis Service, USB Flash
Drive, Custom

CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS
There will be one (1) chassis service manuals on USB flash drives containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit.

The manual will contain the following sections:

Job number
Table of contents
Troubleshooting
Front Axle/Suspension
Brakes
Engine
Tires
Wheels
Cab
Electrical, DC
Air Systems
Plumbing
Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 0773381 Manual, Chassis Operation, (1) USB
Flash Drive, Custom

CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL
The chassis operation manual will be provided on one (1) USB flash drive.

Bid #: 951 61
Packet Page 262
0030008 Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus,
WA0008
ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. 0696698 Warranty, Engine, Cummins, 5 Year,
WA0181

ENGINE WARRANTY
A Cummins five (5) year limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA0181, is included with this proposal.
0684953 Warranty, Steering Gear, Sheppard
M110, 3 Year WA0201

STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A Sheppard three (3) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with this proposal.
0596017 Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Custom
Chassis, WA0013
FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame only (does not include crossmembers) limited warranty certificate, WA0013, is included with this proposal.
0595698 Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4,
WA0050
FRONT AXLE THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY The Pierce TAK-4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA0050, is included with this proposal. 0733306 Warranty, Single Axle, 5 Year,
Meritor, General Service, WA0384

SINGLE REAR AXLE FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor™ Axle 5 year limited warranty will be provided. 0652758 Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3
Year, Meritor Wabco, WA0232

ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP

WARRANTY
A Meritor Wabco™ ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal.
0019914 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom
Cab, WA0012
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal. 0744240 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, ProRate, WA0055 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. 0524627 Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX,
WA0014
FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this proposal.
0695416 Warranty, Pierce Camera System,
WA0188

CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY
A Pierce fifty four (54) monthwarranty will be provided for the camera system. 0647720 Warranty, Pierce LED Strip Lights,
WA0203

COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The Pierce 12 volt DC LED strip lights limited warranty certificate, WA0203, is included with this proposal.
0046369 Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission,
Standard Custom, WA0187

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.

Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.
0685945 Warranty, Transmission Cooler,
WA0216

TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal. 0688798 Warranty, Water Tank, Lifetime, UPF,
Poly Tank, WA0195

WATER TANK WARRANTY
A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA0195, is included with this proposal. 0596025 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body,
WA0009
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal.

Bid #: 951 62
Packet Page 263
0693126 Warranty, AMDOR, Roll-up Door, 10
Year/5 Year Painted, WA0185

ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
An AMDOR roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The roll-up door will be warranted against manufacturing defects for a period of ten (10) years. A five (5) year limited warranty will be provided on painted roll up doors.

The limited warranty certificate, WA0185, is included with this proposal. 0734463 Warranty, Pump, Waterous, 7 Year
Parts, WA0382

PUMP WARRANTY
The Waterous pump will be provided with a seven (7) yearmaterial and workmanship limited warranty.

A copy of the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal. 0648675 Warranty, 10 Year S/S Pumbing,
WA0035
TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY
The Pierce apparatus plumbing limited warranty certificate, WA0035, is included with this proposal.
0657990 Warranty, Foam System, Husky 3,
WA0231

FOAM SYSTEM WARRANTY
The Husky 3 foam system limited warranty certificate, WA0231, is included with this proposal. 0595820 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, ProRate, WA0057 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal. 0595421 Warranty, Goldstar, 3 Year,
Apparatus, WA0018

THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0018, is included with this proposal.
0819254 Certification, Vehicle Stability,
CD0196

VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1900, current edition, section 7.14, Vehicle Stability. The certification is included with this proposal.
0808564 Certification, Engine Installation, Enf,
Cummins X15, 2027

ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. 0686786 Certification, Power Steering,
CD0098

POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification is included with this proposal.
0892691 Certification, Cab Integrity, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CD0189

CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below:

SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.

European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29.

SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.

Side Impact
The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 14,320-lb moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft-lb of force. This test is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.

Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE J2420.

Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,098 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice the force required by SAE J2420)
Roof Crush
The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,500 lb. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria, and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons.

Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 110,000 lbs. (Four and a half times the load criteria of ECE 29)
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.

There will be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance will lead to immediate rejection of bid.

Bid #: 951 63
Packet Page 264
0631973 Certification, Cab Door Durability,
Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0137

CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 0631978 Certification, Windshield Wiper
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0132

WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0631974 Certification, Electric Window
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0133

ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete 30,000 complete up-down cycles and still function normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear.
0631977 Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and
Mounting, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0134

SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.

The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.
0735949 Certification, Cab HVAC System
Performance, SFR/Enf,
CD0165/CD0167/CD0174/CD0175

PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 78 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria.

Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J381. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
0545073 Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current
Edition

AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.

The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:

Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.

A written load analysis, which will include the following:

The nameplate rating of the alternator.

The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:

Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:

Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.

Each individual intermittent load.

All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio
Allowance
0799248 Appleton/Florida BTO

Bid #: 951 64
Packet Page 265
0000018 PUMPER, 2ND GEN

0000012 PIERCE CHASSIS
0004713 ENGINE, OTHER
0046396 EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION
0020011 WATEROUS PUMP

0020009 POLY TANK

0028048 FOAM SYSTEM
0020006 SIDE CONTROL
0020007 AKRON VALVES

0020015 ABS SYSTEM

0658751 PUMPER BASE

Bid #: 951 65
Packet Page 266
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom 0.00 1.20 0.00 0005216 Reel, Booster, Aluminum - Over Pump, Left Side 0.00 36.00 0.00 0079166 Batteries, (4) Stryten/Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA ea, Threaded Stud 0.00 3.00 0.00 0543751 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus 0.00 0.80 0.00
0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with Pressure Controller 0.00 0.35 0.00 0553643 Control, Air Horn at Pmp Pnl, Red Switch, Momentary 0.00 0.16 0.00 0583824 Light, Pump Compt, Wln 3SC0CDCR LED White 0.00 0.36 0.00 0583938 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

0.00 0.30 0.00
0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040 0.00 0.50 0.00 0604028 Water Level Gauge, FRC, MaxVision WLA280-A00 Programmable Remote Display

0.00 0.00 0.00
0604354 Gauge, Foam Level, FRC, Tank Vision Pro, WLA 360-A00, Class "A"

0.00 0.00 1.23
0621185 Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air operated, Auto w/Gauge 0.00 0.01 0.00 0624939 Foam Sys, Husky 3, Single Agent, Multi Select Feature 0.00 55.00 0.00 0630636 Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows, 4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer

0.00 26.00 0.00
0639727 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override, Saber FR/Enforcer 0.00 180.00 0.00 0687994 Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression Brake, Cummins Engine 0.00 0.42 0.00 0735006 Intercom, David Clark, 4-Pos, 2-Radio, (D, O, RPTT), 2obC, U3805

0.00 0.00 0.50
0766906 Lights, Wln, PCPSM1*, Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st 0.00 0.00 12.00 0768059 Lights, Wln, PCPSM2* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 2nd 0.00 0.00 24.00 0768061 Lights, Wln, PCPSM2* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st 0.00 0.00 24.00 0776357 Light, Visor, Wln, 12V P*H2* Pioneer, Cnt Feature, 1st 0.00 0.00 13.00 0806466 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED, For Tail Lt Housing 0.00 3.20 0.00 0817058 Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, R Camera, SD, CL714 0.00 1.20 0.00 0819994 Radio, Jensen, AM/FM/WB, Bluetooth 0.00 0.00 2.00 0820509 ESC/ABS/ATC Wabco Brake System, Single Rear Axle, NFPA 1900/ULC

0.00 6.00 0.00
0820894 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC, Batt Dir, 1st NFPA1900 0.00 0.00 15.00 0820897 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC, Batt Dir, 2nd NFPA1900 0.00 0.00 15.00 0820904 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st NFPA1900 0.00 0.00 60.00 0821191 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, Batt Dir, 1st NFPA1900 0.00 0.00 20.00 0895310 Siren, Federal Q2B 0.00 100.00 0.00
0896616 Lights, Door Interior Flash, 4 Dr Cab, Weldon 8401-0000-20 Strip Light

0.00 0.64 0.00
0722038 HVAC, Heavy-Duty, Enforcer, w/X15, CARE Load Managed 0.00 0.00 100.00 0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance NFPA 5.00 0.00 0.00 0023650 LS 152" Rollup, Full Height Front & Rear, FDLER NFPA 4.50 0.00 4.50 0063658 RS 152" Rollup, Full Height Front & Rear, FDLER NFPA 4.50 0.00 4.50 0083701 Compt, Rear, Rollup, 44.50" FF, 25.88" D NFPA 0.90 0.00 0.90 0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX NFPA 0.56 0.56 0.00 0563675 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts NFPA 0.35 0.00 0.00 0564655 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens, For Tail Lt Housing
NFPA 1.80 2.70 0.00
0568012 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200, Heater, 2010 NFPA 7.81 0.00 0.00 0586382 Gauges, Engine, Included With Pressure Controller NFPA 0.30 0.00 0.00 0603606 Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges, Chrome Bezels, Enf MUX NFPA 1.26 0.00 0.00 0605126 Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split Shaft, Interlocked, Waterous NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0607159 Gauge, Water Level, FRC, WLA 300-A00, TankVision Pro NFPA 1.23 0.00 0.00 0617901 Lights, Perimeter Pump House, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 2lts NFPA 0.80 0.00 0.00 0625210 Lights, Directional, Cab Front Side, Truck-Lite 19036Y LED, AXT/Enf
NFPA 0.12 0.00 0.00
0626579 Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 2lts, Rear Step
NFPA 0.80 0.00 0.00
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 1 Electrical Analysis 8/5/2024
Bid #: 951
Seaside FD Enforcer Pumper (duplicate to 39846) Sales Rep:

Organization:

Myers, Rich
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: City of Seaside FD
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
Packet Page 267
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0626588 Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 4Dr NFPA 1.60 0.00 0.00 0647647 Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts NFPA 0.80 0.80 0.00 0648332 Cab, Enforcer, 7010 NFPA 6.80 10.20 0.00
0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating NFPA 0.08 0.00 0.00 0661576 Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Perimeter Scene Lt Sw NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0666770 Lights, Side Zone Upper, Wln M6* LED NFPA 1.80 2.70 0.00 0682503 Light Shield/Step 8", LED, P25 LED Stp Lt NFPA 4.00 0.00 0.00 0686562 Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln MCFLED2* LED NFPA 3.00 0.00 0.00 0727359 Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 26.75 W x 20 H x 22 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf
NFPA 0.20 0.20 0.00
0735474 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front, P25 LED 7 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer
NFPA 0.35 0.00 0.00
0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel, Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure Gov/Throttle,Green
NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00
0745568 Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To Pump, Green NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00 0758657 DEF Tank, 8.0 Gallon, LS Fill, Rear of Rear Axle, Common Door NFPA 0.60 11.40 0.00 0760868 Lights, Cargo/Dunnage, Dual LED Light Strips, Each Side NFPA 0.30 0.00 0.00 0768311 Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Truck-Lite 30375Y Grm Mt LED 2lts
NFPA 0.10 1.00 0.00
0768474 Lights, Hose Bed, Below Alum Cvr, Amdor AY-LB-12HW040, 40" LED 4lts
NFPA 2.40 0.00 0.00
0768755 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-D, 81",
RRRRRWRWROptRWRWRRRRR
NFPA 6.48 5.16 14.72
0770200 Handrail, Exterior, Hansen, Knurled, Alum, LED Backlit, 4-Door Cab
NFPA 0.80 0.00 0.00
0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo 2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel NFPA 4.20 4.20 0.00 0791528 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65, 36.00" Long, TACTL5 NFPA 0.60 1.20 0.00 0797346 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab Crn, Wrp Bzl Out Wrn Lts, Enf, Sab FR
NFPA 0.70 0.70 0.00
0801886 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4500 EVS P, Imp/Vel/Enf NFPA 2.00 2.00 0.00 0804514 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For Hsg
NFPA 0.83 2.49 0.00
0812267 Engine, Cummins X15, 500 hp, 1850 lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Enforcer
NFPA 6.00 0.00 0.00
0814201 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714
NFPA 1.20 0.00 0.00
0819024 Siren, Wln 295HFS2 Remote, Single Amp, Other Speaker, NonNFPA 2024NFPA 1.40 12.60 0.00 0826104 Controller, Pressure, FRC, Pump Boss Max, PBA500 NFPA 1.80 0.00 0.00 0889306 Lights, Side Zone Lower Rear, Wln M6V2** NFPA 1.82 2.72 0.00 0889577 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED, Stainless Brkt NFPA 0.07 0.00 0.00 0892638 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0892704 Lights, Walk Surf, 8-P25 LED, Hose Bed Cover, Overall Height Restrictions
NFPA 0.07 0.00 0.00
0893909 Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 26.75 W x 20 H x 23 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf
NFPA 0.20 0.20 0.00
0895781 Lights, Side Zone Lower Middle, Wln M6* NFPA 1.80 2.70 0.00 0895907 Lights, Side Zone Lower Front, Wln M6** NFPA 1.80 2.70 0.00 0899300 Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6** M6RS M6RS M6**, Inside Steady Burn, 4lts Q Bez
NFPA 3.60 5.40 0.00
0647728 Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy 55SI S 0.00 0.00 0.00 Load Totals: 90.53 486.77 311.35
Note: Minimum Continous Load is in "Blocking Right of Way" mode.(Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Intermittent Load items are not factored in on any alternator load comparisons. These items are included on the report for reference only and should be looked at as amp draw exclusion items. (Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Total Connected Load "Demand" represents Total Connected Load minus any Load Managed items Alternator Output at Idle: 253.00 Alternator Output at Governed Speed: 369.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 2 Electrical Analysis 8/5/2024
Bid #: 951
Seaside FD Enforcer Pumper (duplicate to 39846) Sales Rep:

Organization:

Myers, Rich
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: City of Seaside FD
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
Packet Page 268
Minimum Continuous Load
Supply: 253.00
Demand: 90.53
Variance: 162.47
Total Connected Load
Supply: 369.00
Demand: 301.88
Variance: 67.12
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 3 Electrical Analysis 8/5/2024
Bid #: 951
Seaside FD Enforcer Pumper (duplicate to 39846) Sales Rep:

Organization:

Myers, Rich
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: City of Seaside FD
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
Packet Page 269
Turning Performance Analysis
Bid Number: 951 Chassis: Enforcer Chassis
Department: City of Seaside FD Body: Pumper, Medium, Aluminum, 2nd Gen Parameters:
*Inside Cramp Angle: 45°
Axle Track: 82.92 in.

Wheel Offset: 5.25 in.

Tread Width: 16.3 in.

Chassis Overhang: 65.95 in.

Additional Bumper Depth: 13 in.

Front Overhang: 78.95 in.

Wheelbase: 191.5 in.

Calculated Turning Radii:

Inside Turn: 14 ft. 10 in.

Curb to curb: 29 ft. 0 in.

Wall to wall: 32 ft. 11 in.

Notes:
*Actual Inside cramp angle may be less than shown.

Curb to Curb turning radius calculated for 9.00 inch curb. 08/05/2024
Category Option Description
Axle, Front, Custom 0629940 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non Drive, 22,800 lb, Enforcer Wheels, Front 0604672 Wheels, Front, Accuride, 22.50" x 12.25", Steel, Hub Pilot Bumpers 0606557 Bumper, 13" Extended, Saber FR/Enforcer Tires, Front 0899438 Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor MAX MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply Packet Page 270
Definitions:

Inside CrampAngle Maximum turning angle of the front inside fire.

Axle Track King-pin to King-pin distance of front axle.

Wheel Offset Offset from the center line of the wheel to the King-pin.

Tread Width Width of the tire tread.

Chassis Overhang Distance of the center line of the front axle to the front edge of the cab. This does not include the bumper depth.

Additional Bumper Wheel Depth that the bumper assembly adds to the front overhang.

Wheelbase Distance between the center lines of the vehicles front and rear axles.

Inside Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle can turn.

Curb to Curb Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures assumes a curb height of 9 inches.

Wall to Wall Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures takes into account any front overhang due to chassis , bumper extensions and or aerial devices.

Packet Page 271
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

WARRANTIES
Exhibit “C”
4 Packet Page 272
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

No specific exclusions apply
Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship
Basic Apparatus
Twelve (12) months. Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first. Warranty Begins:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Packet Page 273
Cummins Warranty
Worldwide
Fire Apparatus/Crash Trucks
Packet Page 274
Coverage
Products Warranted
This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by
Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after
April 1, 2007, that are used in fire apparatus truck and crash truck* applications Worldwide.

Base Engine Warranty
The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the
Engine which result, under normal use and service,
from a defect in material or factory workmanship
(Warrantable Failure). This Coverage begins with the
sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers), whichever occurs
first, after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user.

Engine aftertreatment components included in the
Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL) and marked with a
Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine
Warranty.

Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission
Warranty section.

These Warranties are made to all Owners in the
chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all
subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of
Coverage.

Cummins
Responsibilities
Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to
repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a
Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil, antifreeze,
filter elements, belts, hoses and other maintenance
items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable
Failure.

Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for
Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to
repair a Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a
vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the
nearest authorized repair location. In lieu of the towing expense, Cummins will pay reasonable costs for
mechanics to travel to and from the location of the
vehicle, including meals, mileage and lodging when
the repair is performed at the site of the failure.

Owner
Responsibilities
Owner is responsible for the operation and
maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins
Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Owner is also
responsible for providing proof that all recommended
maintenance has been performed.

Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty,
Owner must notify a Cummins distributor, authorized
dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins
of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine
available for repair by such facility. Except for Engines disabled by a Warrantable Failure, Owner must also
deliver the Engine to the repair facility.

Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide
Service Locator at cummins.com.

Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil,
antifreeze, filter elements and other maintenance items provided during Warranty repairs unless such items
are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for communication expenses,
meals, lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for non-Engine repairs and for
‘‘downtime’’ expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs and other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S. Dollars)
deductible per each service visit under this plan in the 3rd, 4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty. The
deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years of the Base Engine Warranty.

Limitations
Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
Packet Page 275
exhaust fluid.

This Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied
by Cummins which bear the name of another
company. Such non-warranted accessories include, but
are not limited to: alternators, starters, fans, air
conditioning compressors, clutches, filters,
transmissions, torque converters, vacuum pumps,
power steering pumps, fan drives and air compressors.

Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered
for the first two years from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user, or the expiration of the Base Engine Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) or 7,000 hours from
the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user,
whichever of the three occurs first. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption will be considered, Owner
must submit adequate documentation to show that
consumption exceeds Cummins published standards.

Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are
not covered beyond the first year from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration of the Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new
Cummins parts, Cummins approved rebuilt parts or
repaired parts. Cummins is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by
Cummins.

A new Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part
used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the
identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the remaining Coverage hereunder.

Cummins Inc. reserves the right to interrogate
Electronic Control Module (ECM) data for purposes of
failure analysis.

CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT
OF COVERED PARTS.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

THIS WARRANTY AND THE EMISSION WARRANTY

SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE

WARRANTIES MADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO
THESE ENGINES. CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER

WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR OF

MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

This Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you
may also have other rights which vary from state to
state.

Emission
Warranty
Products Warranted
This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines
marketed by Cummins that are used in the United
States** in vehicles designed for transporting persons
or property on a street or highway. This Warranty
applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after September 1, 1992.

Coverage
Cummins warrants to the first user and each
subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed,
built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale by Cummins with all U.S. federal emission regulations
applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in material or factory workmanship which
would cause it not to meet these regulations within the longer of the following periods: (A) Five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) of operation,
whichever occurs first, as measured from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B) The Base Engine Warranty.

If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is
registered in the state of California, a separate
California Emission Warranty also applies.

Limitations
Failures, other than those resulting from defects in
material or factory workmanship, are not covered by
this Warranty.

Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.

Cummins is not responsible for non-Engine repairs,
‘‘downtime’’ expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs or other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

Packet Page 276
Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
* Airport operated crash trucks and fire department
operated trucks employed to respond to fires,
hazardous material releases, rescue and other
emergency-type situations.
** United States includes American Samoa, the
Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam,
Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

Bulletin 3381161
Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09 2001 Cummins Inc.

Packet Page 277
Packet Page 278
Packet Page 279
Packet Page 280
Packet Page 281
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0013

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Chassis Frame
Fifty (50) Years
(Expected Life of Apparatus)
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Custom chassis frame rail manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Packet Page 282
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty excludes brake pads, brake rotors, seal boots and shock absorbers.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Seaside City CouncilAugust 15, 2024

Seaside City Council
August 15, 2024